{"title":"NDIS Products","description":"\u003cp\u003eTynor orthopaedic supports, braces, mobility aids and daily living products that may be suitable for NDIS participants across Australia. Australian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider, supplying self-managed and plan-managed participants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEligibility and funding are subject to your individual NDIS plan and approval. Please confirm with your plan manager, support coordinator or healthcare professional before ordering, and check correct product selection and sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"i15-compression-stocking-mid-thigh-classic-pair","title":"Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh I15 | Class 2 Graduated Compression","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Classic (I-15) is a mid-thigh-length graduated compression stocking that provides Class 2 graduated compression — strongest at the ankle and easing gradually up the leg — to support the legs and help manage swelling and tired, aching legs. Anatomically shaped with a four-way-stretch, breathable knit, a closed heel and an open toe, it is comfortable for daily wear and easy to put on and care for. Available in sizes S to XXL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduated compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strongest at the ankle and gradually decreasing up the leg for effective venous support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Class 2 compression delivers firm, supportive pressure to the legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple to put on, washable, with a long functional life and colourfastness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shaped to the leg for upward graded compression and a comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way-stretch knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strong, durable four-way stretch for effective compression and a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable, closed heel \u0026amp; open toe\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, porous knit with a closed heel and open toe for comfort and reduced wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh is intended to provide graduated compression and venous support to the legs, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral leg comfort and support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTired, aching or fatigued legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during periods of leg swelling (oedema)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild varicose veins and spider veins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during long periods of sitting or standing, including long-haul travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVenous support during increased leg strain (under medical advice)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the correct size by measuring as shown in the size chart — a correct fit is essential for effective, comfortable graduated compression. If you have diabetes, circulation problems, reduced skin sensation or any vascular condition, check with your doctor before use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional, who can confirm the correct compression level and size for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the stocking on first thing in the morning, when swelling is lowest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the stocking inside out down to the heel, then ease the foot in and pull up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnroll the stocking up the leg to the mid-thigh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth out any wrinkles from the bottom upward for even compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:0.9em;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry before putting the stocking on; a little powder or rubber dishwashing gloves can help it slide on and sit smoothly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTynor Compression Stocking Mid Thigh Classic (I-15)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you use leg lotion, let it dry before putting the stocking on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA correct size and fit are essential; measure as shown in the size chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you have diabetes, circulation problems, reduced skin sensation or a vascular condition, check with your doctor before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience numbness, tingling, skin discolouration, increased swelling, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is graduated compression?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCompression that is strongest at the ankle and gradually eases up the leg, supporting venous return and helping manage swelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat compression class is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClass 2 graduated compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I put it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFirst thing in the morning, when leg swelling is at its lowest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure your leg as shown in the size chart (S–XXL) and check with your healthcare professional, especially if between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 15\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid-thigh\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class 2, graduated (strongest at the ankle)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Rubber, Spandex (Elastane)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I15-Product-manual-Compression_Stockings_Mid-Thigh_Classic.pdf?v=1780530013\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488001769530,"sku":"I15AAG-SML-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31488001802298,"sku":"I15BAG-MED-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31488001835066,"sku":"I15CAG-LRG-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31772910321722,"sku":"I15DAG-XL-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":39385489801274,"sku":"I15EAG-XXL-THIGH-COMP-STOK","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-stocking-mid-thigh-classic-pair.jpg?v=1627152627"},{"product_id":"tynor-tyroband-resistance-exercise-band-h14-h15-h16-h17-h18","title":"Tynor Tyroband Resistance Band | Anti-Slip Exercise Resistance Band","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tyroband (H-14 to H-18) is a colour-coded resistance exercise band that delivers calculated, consistent resistance for isotonic exercise, strengthening and rehabilitation. Available in a graded range of resistance levels — each identified by colour — it lets you match the right resistance to your ability and progress to a stronger band as you build strength. Made from high-quality elasticised polymer with high tear strength, it's lightweight, durable and reusable, and works for everything from physiotherapy and rehab to gym work, yoga and Pilates. Universal length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality elasticised material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from high-quality polymer with consistent, calculated resistance for effective isotonic exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip material\u003c\/strong\u003e — A textured, anti-slip surface improves grip and control during exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-coded resistance levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — A graded range of resistance levels, each colour-coded, so you can choose the right resistance and progress over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh tear strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable and resilient, designed to withstand repeated stretching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile exercise tool\u003c\/strong\u003e — Suits physiotherapy, rehabilitation, strength training, stretching, yoga and Pilates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; reusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, portable and reusable, so you can exercise at home, at the gym or in the clinic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tyroband is intended to provide graded resistance for strengthening, stretching and rehabilitation exercises, as part of a program guided by a qualified professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-injury and post-operative rehabilitation exercises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrengthening and conditioning of muscles and joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving flexibility and range of motion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding muscle strength and stamina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting knee and leg rehabilitation (such as ligament or meniscus rehab), as guided by a professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGym, sports, yoga and Pilates training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle strengthening for older adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-pregnancy reconditioning exercises, as advised by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This band contains latex — do not use it if you have a latex allergy. Check the band for nicks or tears before each use and replace it if damaged, as bands can snap under tension. Keep the band clear of your face and eyes, and build up resistance gradually. If you're exercising as part of rehabilitation or have any health concerns, check with your doctor or physiotherapist first.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse as part of an exercise or physiotherapy program guided by a qualified healthcare professional or physiotherapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a resistance level (colour) suited to your ability — start lighter and progress as you get stronger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the band for any nicks, tears or wear before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor or hold the band securely and perform your exercises with slow, controlled movements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep tension steady and avoid letting the band snap back; remove and store after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Tyroband resistance band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a dry or lightly damp cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from direct heat, sunlight and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with talc if it becomes sticky, and store flat or loosely rolled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect regularly and replace if nicked, torn or worn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains latex — do not use if you have a latex allergy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect before each use and replace if nicked, torn or worn, as bands can snap under tension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the band clear of your face and eyes during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild up resistance gradually and use slow, controlled movements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as part of a program guided by a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tyroband used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides graded resistance for strengthening, stretching and rehabilitation exercises — from physiotherapy and rehab to gym, yoga and Pilates — as part of a guided program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the colours work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach colour represents a different resistance level, so you can choose the right resistance and progress to a stronger band over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain latex?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — do not use it if you have a latex allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich resistance should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with a lighter level and build up; your physiotherapist or trainer can advise the right resistance for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e H 14, H 15, H 16, H 17, H 18\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistance Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.18, 1.4, 1.5, 1.7, 2.1, 3.1 and 4.7 KGF (colour-coded)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal length\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality elasticised polymer (contains latex)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/H14-Product-manual-H_18_Tyroband.pdf?v=1780500096\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"1.18 KGF","offer_id":31488004325434,"sku":"H-14-TYROBAND-1.18KGF YELLOW","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.4 KGF","offer_id":39605852176442,"sku":"H14ULZ-1.4KGF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.5 KGF","offer_id":31807499894842,"sku":"H-15-TYROBAND-1.5KGF-RED","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.7 KGF","offer_id":39605852209210,"sku":"H15UNZ-1.7KGF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.1 KGF","offer_id":31807499927610,"sku":"H16UIZ-2.1 KGF-TYBAND-BLUE","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.1 KGF","offer_id":31807499960378,"sku":"H17UOZ-3.1 KGF-TYBAND-PURPL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.7 KGF","offer_id":31807499993146,"sku":"H18UDZ-4.7 KGF-TYBAND-SILVR","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Main_TyroBAnd_Tynor_AUstralia.jpg?v=1590258092"},{"product_id":"b01-cervical-collar-soft-firm-density","title":"Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) B-01","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) is designed to provide comfortable support and controlled immobilisation of the cervical region during recovery from neck strain, stiffness, or cervical conditions. Made from high-density PU foam with an anatomical design, it supports the neck in a comfortable position while limiting excessive movement. Its breathable perforated structure and soft cotton stockinette covering are designed for extended wear comfort and improved patient compliance. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density PU foam\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firm density foam designed to provide controlled cervical support and partial immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide uniform support to the mandible and neck for improved comfort and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable perforated body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ventilated structure designed to improve airflow and wearing comfort during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft cotton stockinette cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — Skin-friendly material designed to improve comfort and reduce irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows secure fitting and quick, easy application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed without rigid reinforcement to improve comfort during daily wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) is designed to provide support and controlled stabilisation of the cervical spine. It may assist under medical guidance in the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylitis and cervical disc disease\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeck sprain, stiffness, and muscular strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTorticollis and whiplash injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEarly rheumatoid disease affecting the cervical spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative cervical support and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral cervical support for geriatric care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the collar comfortably around the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the chin rests correctly within the contour of the collar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the closure securely without overtightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust for a snug and comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cervical Collar Soft (Firm Density) B-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, irritation, numbness, or discomfort occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the collar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before use with other medical devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 01\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH · S · M · L\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density PU foam, cotton stockinette, hook-and-loop closure\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cervical_Collars_SOFT_FIRM_DENSITY.pdf?2888\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488007209018,"sku":"B01AAZ-SML-C-COL-FRM","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807499763770,"sku":"B01BAZ-MED-C-COL-FRM","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807499796538,"sku":"B01CAZ-LRG-C-COL-FRM","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Cervical_Collar_Firm_Density_Immobilization_Neck-Pain_B01_3.jpg?v=1625154459"},{"product_id":"d10-range-of-motion-knee-brace","title":"Tynor ROM Knee Brace 18\" D10 | Range of Motion Controlled Knee Brace","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor R.O.M. Knee Brace 18\" (D-10) is an advanced orthopaedic support designed to provide controlled knee movement with adjustable range-of-motion settings. It allows precise control of flexion and extension angles, making it ideal for post-operative rehabilitation and ligament injury recovery. The universal design fits both left and right knees, ensuring versatile usage across patients. Available in universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eROM control mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows precise restriction or adjustment of knee flexion and extension at specific angles for controlled rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable range of motion\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enables controlled movement between any two angles, supporting progressive recovery protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fit design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Suitable for both left and right knees with a one-size universal construction for broader usability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid side support bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provide strong medial and lateral stabilisation while maintaining controlled knee movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure strap system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ensures firm fixation and prevents slippage during movement and daily activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable padded structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft cushioning enhances long-term wear comfort and reduces pressure points during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor ROM Knee Brace is designed to provide controlled immobilisation and guided motion of the knee joint during rehabilitation and medical recovery phases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative knee rehabilitation (ligament or meniscus surgery)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eACL, PCL, MCL, and LCL injuries requiring controlled movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFracture rehabilitation and post-cast recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSevere ligament instability requiring motion restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled physiotherapy and staged knee mobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic knee instability requiring adjustable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-traumatic knee recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrthopaedic immobilisation with adjustable movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This device is intended for controlled rehabilitation under medical supervision. ROM settings must be adjusted according to a qualified healthcare professional’s instructions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Ensure correct ROM settings before use to avoid improper joint loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten all straps and position the brace on the affected leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the hinge mechanism with the centre of the knee joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the desired flexion and extension limits using the ROM adjustment system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure upper and lower straps firmly without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure smooth knee movement within the prescribed range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor ROM Knee Brace 18\" D-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual side rigid support bars with ROM mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable strap system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth or mild detergent solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash, bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry, cool place away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure joints and ROM mechanism remain clean and free of debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect ROM settings may cause injury or discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed prescribed movement limits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if swelling, pain, numbness, or irritation occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure correct hinge alignment before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is ROM control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nROM (Range of Motion) control allows the knee to move only within safe, preset angles for controlled healing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable after surgery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is commonly used in post-surgical rehabilitation under medical supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it fit both legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is designed for universal use on both left and right knees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is ROM important?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt prevents excessive movement while allowing gradual, safe recovery of knee mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 10\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\" \/ 46cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Steel, Polypropylene, Neoprene, Polyester, Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/ROM-Knee-Brace-User-Manual.pdf?v=1780325630\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488007372858,"sku":"D10UCZ-UNI-ROM-46CM","price":184.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Australia_R.O.M_Knee_Brace_Range_of_Motion_ACL_PCL_MCL_LCL_14.jpg?v=1627050378"},{"product_id":"f05-mallet-finger-splint-universal","title":"Tynor Mallet Finger Splint F05 | Finger Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Mallet Finger Splint (F-05) is a simple, rigid splint designed to hold the fingertip (distal interphalangeal, or DIP, joint) in a slightly extended position — the key to managing mallet finger. Made from a malleable, aluminium-coated body with a soft Ethafoam lining, it gently immobilises the last finger joint while still allowing the middle (PIP) joint to move freely. An adjustable hook-and-loop (Velcro) fastener gives a gentle, secure grip, and the universal, ambidextrous design fits most fingers on either hand. Simple to apply, comfortable to wear and easy to keep clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — A rigid, malleable aluminium-coated body provides strong immobilisation of the fingertip (DIP) joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for left or right hand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Universal, ambidextrous design fits most fingers on either hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple to apply and remove, with high patient compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam lining\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft foam lining cushions the finger for comfortable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllows PIP movement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Immobilises the fingertip joint while leaving the middle finger joint free to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Velcro fastener\u003c\/strong\u003e — A hook-and-loop strap gives a gentle, secure and adjustable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Mallet Finger Splint is intended to immobilise and support the fingertip (DIP) joint in extension, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMallet finger (drooping fingertip from an extensor tendon injury)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistal interphalangeal (DIP) joint injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport of the distal finger joint during rest and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical support of the fingertip joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mallet finger, the DIP joint usually needs to be kept continuously in extension for the period advised by your clinician. Follow your healthcare professional's instructions on wear time and removal.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Avoid letting the fingertip bend during the prescribed treatment period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the splint over the fingertip so it supports the last finger joint (DIP) in a straight, slightly extended position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape the malleable splint if needed for a comfortable, snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop strap for a gentle, secure hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the fingertip supported in extension for the period advised by your clinician; remove regularly for cleaning and skin checks as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Mallet Finger Splint (F-05)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove regularly for cleaning and inspection (as advised by your clinician)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with mild soap and water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to dry completely before wearing again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid putting excessive force on the splint while wearing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive force on the splint while wearing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Mallet Finger Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt holds the fingertip joint (DIP) in extension to support recovery from mallet finger and related distal finger-joint injuries, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the universal, ambidextrous design fits most fingers on either hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I still bend my finger?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises the fingertip joint while allowing the middle (PIP) joint to move; for mallet finger, keep the fingertip straight for the period your clinician advises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size; the malleable splint can be shaped for a precise, comfortable fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e F 05\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (ambidextrous; the malleable splint can be shaped to fit)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either hand\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium (coated), Polyethylene foam (Ethafoam), Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/F05-Product-manual-Mallet_Finger_Splint.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488008486970,"sku":"F05UHZ-UNI-MALET-FNGR","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Mallet_Finger_Splint_DIP_joint_Australia_2.jpg?v=1628626232"},{"product_id":"a05-lumbo-sacral-belt-unisex","title":"Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 | Lumbar Support Belt Australia","description":"\u003c!--\n╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗\n║         SEO BLOCK — SHOPIFY SEARCH ENGINE LISTING                   ║\n╠══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╣\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PAGE TITLE (60 chars):                                              ║\n║  Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 | Lower Back Support Australia         ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META DESCRIPTION (156 chars):                                       ║\n║  Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 — designed to help support the         ║\n║  lower back and assist spinal stability during daily activity.       ║\n║  Breathable, adjustable, S–XXL. NDIS supplier.                      ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  URL HANDLE:                                                         ║\n║  tynor-lumbo-sacral-belt-a05-lower-back-support                     ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META KEYWORDS:                                                      ║\n║  lumbar support belt Australia, lumbo sacral belt Australia,         ║\n║  lower back support brace, lumbar brace Australia,                  ║\n║  back support belt for work, Tynor A05 belt, NDIS back support      ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PRODUCT TITLE — UPDATE IN SHOPIFY:                                  ║\n║  Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 | Lumbar Support Belt Australia        ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PRODUCT TYPE: Lumbar Support Belt                                   ║\n║  VENDOR: Tynor                                                       ║\n╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 is a lumbar support belt designed to help support and stabilise the lower back and lumbosacral region during daily activity. Featuring flexible back splints, durable monofilament elastic material, and a double-pull compression mechanism, it is designed to provide firm yet comfortable support while assisting spinal stability and posture management. The breathable and anatomically contoured construction is suitable for prolonged daily wear at work, during travel, or routine movement. Supplied in Australia by an NDIS registered provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible back splints\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help support the lumbar region and assist controlled immobilisation while allowing functional movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-pull compression straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide adjustable compression and a secure fit with lower applied force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonofilament elastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight and breathable material intended to assist comfort during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Contoured shape designed to fit comfortably around the waist and lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolymer flap closure system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for convenient application, removal, and improved aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable daily-use design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Constructed using high-quality materials intended for regular everyday support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfort-focused structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist support during work, prolonged sitting, driving, and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in supporting and managing discomfort associated with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow back pain and lumbar muscle strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild lumbar spondylosis and spondylitis\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEarly-stage degenerative lumbar conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMechanical or postural back discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMuscular fatigue associated with prolonged sitting or standing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscomfort associated with travel or long working hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative lumbar support as advised by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWear over a thin cotton undergarment for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the belt around the waist while keeping it upright as indicated by the “UP INSIDE” label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the back panel centrally over the lumbar spine with the lower edge aligned near the sacrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the main hook-and-loop closure to a comfortable tension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the reverse double-pull elastic straps to achieve the desired level of compression and support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust as required to maintain a secure yet comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring after washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep hook-and-loop closures secured while washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the belt as excessive compression may reduce comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if irritation, rash, numbness, impaired circulation, or increased pain occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before using alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe A05 Lumbo Sacral Belt is designed to help support the lower back and assist stability of the lumbar and sacral region during daily activity. It may assist in managing discomfort associated with lumbar strain, postural fatigue, and mild degenerative conditions when used as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this belt be worn during work or travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the lightweight and breathable design is intended for extended daily wear including desk work, driving, travel, and routine movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the A05 suitable for everyday use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe belt is designed for regular daily support and comfort. Proper fitting and usage guidance from a healthcare professional is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I claim this product through NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant support categories depending on your plan. Please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A05\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL · XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Polyester, Polyurethane, Polyethylene, PVC Foam\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for clinic, hospital, and wholesale enquiries\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"#\" title=\"Tynor Lumbo Sacral Belt A05 User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SMALL","offer_id":39336858419258,"sku":"A05AAZ-SML-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MEDIUM","offer_id":39336858452026,"sku":"A05BAZ-MED-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LARGE","offer_id":39336858484794,"sku":"A05CAZ-LRG-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EXTRA LARGE","offer_id":39336858517562,"sku":"A05DAZ-XL-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":31807499108410,"sku":"A05EAZ-XXL-LUM-SACR","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-double-pull-elastic-back-brace-adjustment-a-05.webp?v=1778771903"},{"product_id":"b19-contoured-cervical-pillow","title":"Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B19 | Twin Height Orthopaedic Pillow","description":"\u003c!--\n╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗\n║         SEO BLOCK — SHOPIFY SEARCH ENGINE LISTING                   ║\n╠══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╣\n║                                                                      ║\n║  PAGE TITLE:                                                         ║\n║  Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 | Twin Height Orthopaedic Pillow\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META DESCRIPTION:                                                   ║\n║  Tynor B-19 Contoured Cervical Pillow offers twin height options    ║\n║  for short or long necks with high density foam and plush velvet    ║\n║  cover.                                                             ║\n║                                                                      ║\n║  META KEYWORDS \/ TAGS:                                               ║\n║  tynor, contoured cervical pillow, twin height pillow, neck pillow, ║\n║  orthopaedic pillow, B-19                                           ║\n║                                                                      ║\n╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝\n--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 is an anatomically contoured orthopaedic pillow designed to support the natural curvature of the neck and cervical spine during sleep. Featuring a scientifically shaped twin-height profile, high-density sagging-resistant PU foam, and a soft velvet cover, it helps maintain proper sleeping posture while reducing neck strain and muscular tension. The dual contour design adapts to both short and long neck anatomies, making it suitable for a wide range of sleeping preferences and postural needs. Designed for everyday comfort, long-term durability, and improved cervical alignment during rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContoured anatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Scientifically shaped to conform to the natural curve of the neck and cervical spine, promoting improved sleeping posture and balanced neck support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin height profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Dual contour heights are designed to accommodate both short and long neck anatomies for personalised comfort and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density PU foam\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sagging-resistant foam construction provides long-lasting resilience, consistent support, and improved durability during prolonged daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft velvet fabric cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — Plush breathable cover provides enhanced comfort, softness, and improved sleep experience throughout the night.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports cervical alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps maintain the neck in slight hyperextension to support muscle relaxation and reduce postural strain during sleep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable washable cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for convenient cleaning and better hygiene maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 is designed to help support the cervical spine and improve neck positioning during sleep and rest. It may assist with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical pain, stiffness, and muscular strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylitis and cervical radiculopathy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eForward head posture and postural imbalance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSleep posture support and spinal alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild neck sprains and stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSleep discomfort associated with snoring or sleep posture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMuscle tension, trigger points, and waking headaches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This pillow is designed to assist cervical support and sleeping posture. It is not intended to replace medical treatment for spinal or neurological conditions. Always seek professional medical advice for persistent neck pain, nerve symptoms, or sleep disorders.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the pillow on a flat sleeping surface in a comfortable sleeping position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the rounded contour deeply beneath the neck while centering the head in the concave section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSelect the contour height that feels most supportive and comfortable for your neck length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eUse consistently during sleep or rest periods for improved cervical posture support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid sleeping face-down if experiencing neck pain or cervical discomfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Removable velvet fabric cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove the outer cover before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash the cover using mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade on a clean surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep foam core away from direct moisture or water exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional if managing cervical or spinal conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid sleeping on the stomach if you experience neck pain or cervical stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, discomfort, or symptoms worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before concurrent use with other orthopaedic devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the benefit of the twin height design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe twin-height contour allows users to choose between two support heights, making the pillow suitable for both short and long neck anatomies while improving comfort and cervical alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pillow help with neck pain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe pillow is designed to support proper neck posture and reduce muscular strain during sleep, which may help improve comfort associated with cervical stiffness and postural discomfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the soft velvet cover is removable and washable for easier hygiene maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used every night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the pillow is designed for regular daily sleep use and long-term comfort support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 19\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density PU Foam with Velvet Fabric Cover\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assorted\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twin-height contoured cervical support pillow\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Perth WA\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eUse Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orthopaedic cervical support pillow\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Contoured_Cervical_pillow_Manual.pdf?3755\" title=\"Tynor Contoured Cervical Pillow B-19 Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206405690,"sku":"B19UBZ-UNI-CNT-C-PILW","price":119.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/PILLOW.jpg?v=1629223363"},{"product_id":"tynor-child-arm-sling-c01-kids-arm-support","title":"Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 | Paediatric Arm Support Sling","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 is a paediatric arm support sling designed to help support, hold, and immobilise the arm in a comfortable flexion position during recovery. Made from soft PU bonded fabric with adjustable shoulder strapping and cushioned support, it is designed to provide comfort and stability while assisting protection of the injured arm. The lightweight child-friendly design is suitable for everyday wear during recovery from fractures, sprains, post-cast care, and post-operative support. Supplied in Australia by an NDIS registered provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft three-layer bonded fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide comfort, durability, and cushioning during extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised positioning and secure support for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-touch buckle system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for quick application and easy removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned shoulder pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps distribute load evenly and improve wearing comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThumb support cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist thumb positioning and reduce fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight child-friendly design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Intended for comfortable everyday use during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable comfortable construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist airflow and prolonged wear comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMay assist in supporting and immobilising the arm during recovery associated with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm and forearm fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-cast support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-surgical recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprains and soft tissue injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder discomfort or instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConditions requiring temporary arm support and immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the injured arm carefully inside the pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the sling strap over the opposite shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the buckle to achieve a secure and comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the arm remains supported in a slightly flexed position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the shoulder pad at the load-bearing area for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the thumb in the thumb cradle if required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Child Arm Sling C01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring after washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure hook-and-loop fasteners before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust straps correctly to maintain comfort and circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if irritation, rash, numbness, swelling, or increased pain occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your healthcare professional before concurrent use with another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper fitting or misuse may reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow all instructions supplied with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe C01 Child Arm Sling is designed to help support and immobilise the arm during recovery from fractures, sprains, post-cast care, and post-operative conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the sling adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adjustable shoulder strap and buckle system are designed to provide a customised and secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan children wear this sling comfortably throughout the day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe lightweight cushioned design is intended for comfortable extended wear during routine daily recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I claim this product through NDIS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant support categories depending on your plan. Please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C01\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Child Pouch Arm Sling\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU Bonded Fabric, Foam, Cotton, Nylon, Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for clinic, hospital, and wholesale enquiries\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"#\" title=\"Tynor Child Arm Sling C01 User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Child","offer_id":31488206438458,"sku":"C01IAZ-CH-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tynor-kids-arm-sling-whake-design-boy-australia..webp?v=1778949963"},{"product_id":"c02-universal-shoulder-immobiliser-child","title":"Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer C02 Child | Shoulder Fracture Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is a scientifically designed orthopaedic support that helps provide strong immobilisation and stabilisation of the shoulder joint and arm during injury recovery, post-operative care, and rehabilitation. Featuring a two-piece ergonomic design, adjustable fixation straps, and soft PU bonded fabric, it is designed to provide secure arm positioning with enhanced comfort and ease of application for extended daily wear. Available in Child, Regular, and Plus sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific immobilisation design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two-piece shoulder immobilisation system designed to provide secure stabilisation and controlled arm positioning during recovery and rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced comfort construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from premium 3-layer PU bonded fabric that is soft, wrinkle-resistant, durable, and comfortable for prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable fixation straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adjustable shoulder and chest fixation straps allow customised fitting, controlled immobilisation, and better user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient easy-wear design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reverse buckle mechanism and ergonomic construction allow easy self-application and removal with minimal assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal left or right fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to fit both left and right arms while accommodating a wide range of body sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable arm support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arm pouch and restraint system help maintain the arm in a secure resting position while reducing unwanted shoulder movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is designed to help provide support, immobilisation, and stabilisation of the shoulder and arm. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder dislocation and shoulder instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative shoulder immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotator cuff injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle and scapular fracture support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft tissue injury, sprain, or strain of the shoulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm and shoulder support following trauma or overuse injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to assist shoulder and arm immobilisation during recovery and rehabilitation. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure correct fitting and appropriate immobilisation level.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the arm inside the pouch with the elbow comfortably positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the shoulder strap over the opposite shoulder and adjust to the required height and arm position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the chest fixation strap around the body to stabilise the arm against the torso.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust all straps to achieve a secure yet comfortable immobilisation fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure circulation remains comfortable and movement restriction is appropriate for the prescribed condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer C-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated arm pouch and restraint straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only using mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if pain, swelling, numbness, or discomfort increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten straps as this may restrict circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided inside the product packaging carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shoulder immobilizer used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is designed to help immobilise and stabilise the shoulder and arm during injury recovery, rehabilitation, and post-operative care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on both arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the universal design allows the immobilizer to be worn on either the left or right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable for long-term wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the soft PU bonded fabric, ergonomic pouch, and adjustable straps are designed to improve comfort during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the fit myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the immobilizer features adjustable shoulder and chest straps for customised fitting and easy self-application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 02\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, Regular, Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-layer PU bonded fabric, Nylon straps, Hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital, physiotherapy clinic, and healthcare supply pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Universal_Shoulder_immobilizer.pdf?995\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206503994,"sku":"C02IBZ-CH-SHLDR-IMOB","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Universal_Shoulder_Immobilization_Support_Correct_Posture_Australia_Child_01.jpg?v=1626383686"},{"product_id":"c05-child-clavicle-brace","title":"Tynor Clavicle Brace With Fastening Tape Child C05 | Ergonomic Clavicle Alignment Support","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Clavicle Brace with Fastening Tape is a scientifically designed orthopaedic support that helps maintain proper alignment of the clavicle (collarbone), supports posture correction, and assists in fracture management and recovery. Its ergonomic figure-of-eight design, cushioned shoulder pads, and adjustable fastening system ensure controlled compression, stability, and comfort during daily use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic figure-of-eight design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Maintains proper clavicle alignment and supports correct shoulder posture during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable fastening tape system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows precise tightening and positioning for controlled compression and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned shoulder pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reduce pressure on shoulders and improve comfort during prolonged wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse buckle mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enables easy adjustment and secure fit without loosening during movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable padded construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight PU foam with soft lining ensures comfort and reduces skin irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosture correction support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps in managing rounded shoulders and promotes proper upper body alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Clavicle Brace is designed to provide immobilisation, support, and alignment of the clavicle region. It may assist in the management and recovery of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle (collarbone) fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative clavicle support and immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePostural correction (rounded or stooped shoulders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle strain or injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUpper back and shoulder alignment support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This device should be used under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure proper alignment and correct tension adjustment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical guidance. For NDIS or clinical supply enquiries, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the back pad centrally between the shoulder blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the shoulder straps over both shoulders evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the straps using the reverse buckle system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure gentle but firm compression for proper clavicle alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck that the brace sits comfortably without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Clavicle Brace C-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated fastening straps and shoulder pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop fasteners before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under medical supervision\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid overtightening to prevent circulation restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, or irritation occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult a doctor if symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure correct positioning for effective clavicle alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Clavicle Brace used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt helps stabilise and align the collarbone during fracture recovery, post-operative care, and posture correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it correct rounded shoulders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it supports posture correction by gently pulling the shoulders back into alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the reverse buckle system allows precise adjustment for comfort and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for daily wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the padded breathable design allows comfortable extended use under guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 05\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e EVA foam, PU foam, elastic webbing, hook-and-loop fasteners\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/clavicle-brace-user-manual.pdf?2909\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206569530,"sku":"C05IAZ-CH-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Clavicle_Brace_Child_Clavicle_Fractures_20.jpg?v=1626446489"},{"product_id":"c06-pouch-arm-sling-child","title":"Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy C06 Child | Heavy Cast Arm Immobilisation Sling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling (Baggy) is a comfortable orthopaedic support designed to immobilise and support the arm, shoulder, and forearm during injury recovery and rehabilitation. Its baggy design accommodates bulky casts, heavy bandages, and dressings comfortably while evenly distributing arm weight across the shoulder for improved comfort and support during prolonged wear.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaggy arm pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Optimally accommodates bulky casts, heavy dressings, and bandages comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal immobilisation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps stabilise the arm and shoulder to reduce unnecessary movement during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable cushioning\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ethafoam shoulder padding distributes arm weight evenly for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layer PU fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable, wrinkle-resistant, soft-touch construction with plush appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised arm positioning and flexible angle adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThumb cradle support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps maintain comfortable thumb positioning and reduces muscle fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy is designed to provide immobilisation, support, and resting stability for the arm and shoulder. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm fractures with bulky casts or dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eForearm and wrist injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative arm immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder and elbow support during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft tissue injury recovery requiring arm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral arm stabilisation during rest and healing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to provide arm support and immobilisation during injury recovery. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical supervision. NDIS participants and healthcare providers may \n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for support and eligibility enquiries.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the affected arm comfortably inside the pouch sling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the thumb into the thumb cradle support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the shoulder strap to achieve the desired arm height and angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the shoulder pad sits comfortably over the shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the buckle and check that the arm is fully supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust positioning for stable yet comfortable immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy C-06\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEthafoam shoulder pad and thumb cradle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, swelling, or irritation increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure proper arm positioning before tightening straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the sling or straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with other orthopaedic devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Pouch Arm Sling Baggy used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed to support and immobilise the arm, especially when bulky casts, bandages, or dressings are present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold heavy casts comfortably?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the baggy design is specifically created to comfortably accommodate heavy casts and bulky dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adjustable universal design allows use on both the left and right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable for long-term wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the cushioned shoulder pad and soft PU bonded fabric improve comfort during prolonged daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 06\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CHILD\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU bonded fabric, Ethafoam padding, Cotton sling, Hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Arm_Sling_Product_Manual.pdf?v=1614295268\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"CHILD","offer_id":31488206602298,"sku":"C06IAZ-CH-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Pouch_Arm_Sling_Child_Baggy_Immobilization_Support_Tynor_Australia_4.jpg?v=1594650214"},{"product_id":"d26-ankle-splint","title":"Tynor Ankle Splint D26 | Rigid Foam-Padded Ankle Immobilisation Splint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Splint (D-26) is a rigid, foam-padded ankle immobiliser designed to hold the ankle in a stable position and limit movement during injury management and recovery. A lightweight polypropylene-copolymer outer shell delivers firm immobilisation, while a high-density foam lining and a cushiony heel piece keep the splint comfortable, and in-built depressions cradle the ankle bones (malleoli) for a secure, anatomical fit. Lateral hook-and-loop straps make it easy to apply and adjust, and it can be worn on either ankle. One universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid outer shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lightweight, durable polypropylene-copolymer shell provides firm immobilisation and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-density foam pads line the shell for comfortable cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushiony heel piece\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft heel piece supports correct heel placement and comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical ankle cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e — In-built depressions cradle the ankle's bony prominences for a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable hook-and-loop straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lateral closures fasten securely for a snug, customised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits either ankle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Universal design suits most ankle sizes and works on the left or right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Splint is intended to immobilise and stabilise the ankle during injury management and recovery, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic or recurrent ankle sprains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTendon or ligament repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling and inflammation of the ankle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative ankle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-cast rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 3\/5 immobilisation splint. Strap tension and duration of use should follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional — tighten for a secure fit without restricting blood flow to the foot.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Ensure the straps are firm but not so tight that they impair circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the foam pads inside the shells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRest the foot on the heel piece so the shells sit snugly around the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the splint so the bony prominences of your ankle fit into the corresponding depressions in the shells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the straps for a snug, comfortable fit — firm but not too tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Ankle Splint (D-26)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable foam pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place away from direct heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the straps for a secure fit without restricting blood flow to the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ankle Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and stabilises the ankle to support recovery from sprains, fractures, instability and post-operative care, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size, suitable for an ankle circumference of about 18–30 cm, worn on either ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow rigid is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides firm, rigid immobilisation (Level 3\/5) via a hard outer shell, while foam padding keeps it comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSecure the lateral straps so the splint is snug with the ankle bones seated in the moulded depressions — firm, but not tight enough to restrict circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 26\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (ankle circumference approx. 18–30 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either ankle (left or right)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Polyester, Polyurethane (PU), Polypropylene Copolymer (PPCP), Polyoxymethylene\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Immobilisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D26-Product-manual-Ankle_splint.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488206766138,"sku":"D26UCZ-UNI-ANKL-SPLT","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/ankle-splint-universal-size-250644-default.jpg?v=1626546851"},{"product_id":"e06-wrist-brace-with-thumb","title":"Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb E06 | Anatomical Thumb Opening Wrist Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb (E-06) is a wrap-around wrist brace with an anatomical thumb opening that firmly supports and stabilises the wrist and palm while leaving the thumb and fingers free to move. Made from a three-layered, neoprene-bonded four-way-stretch fabric with a porous, skin-friendly orthopaedic webbing, it wraps around the wrist and fastens with hook-and-loop closures for customised, controllable compression. It compresses and retains gentle body heat for comforting warmth around the joint. One universal size; fits either wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wraps around the wrist and fastens with hook-and-loop closures for customised compression and a personalised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced wrist stability\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firmly supports and stabilises the wrist and palm during movement and activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical thumb opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — A contoured thumb opening makes the brace easy to wear and keeps the thumb and fingers free to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way-stretch fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — A neoprene-bonded, four-way-stretch construction moulds comfortably to the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; skin-friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Porous orthopaedic webbing is gentle on the skin and comfortable for longer wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComforting warmth\u003c\/strong\u003e — Retains gentle body heat to add soothing warmth around the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb is intended to provide compression, support and stability to the wrist while allowing free thumb and finger movement, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist tendonitis and overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist arthritis and joint stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBursitis of the wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective support during sport and exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This brace provides compression and support; it is not a rigid immobiliser. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional. Fasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Position the thumb through the opening and fasten for comfortable support without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the hook-and-loop closures and place your thumb through the anatomical thumb opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the brace around the wrist and palm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust for comfortable, even compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closures for a snug, secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist Brace with Thumb (E-06)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop straps before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Wrist Brace with Thumb used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports and stabilises the wrist while keeping the thumb free — for wrist sprains, tendonitis, arthritis, bursitis and during sport, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it restrict the thumb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — the anatomical thumb opening keeps the thumb and fingers free to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it rigid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — it is a compressive, supportive elastic brace, not a rigid immobiliser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size; fits either wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 06\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either wrist\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-layered neoprene-bonded four-way-stretch fabric and nylon, with hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E06-Product-manual-Wrist_Brace_with_Thumb.pdf?v=1780530334\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488207028282,"sku":"E06KAZ-UNI-WRST-BR-THMB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Wrist-brace-with-brace-thumb-Tynor_2022_4.jpg?v=1635514728"},{"product_id":"f04-frog-splint","title":"Tynor Frog Splint F04 | Frog Design Aluminium Finger Splint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Frog Splint (F-04) is a lightweight aluminium finger splint with a distinctive \"frog\" shape that cradles the finger from both sides and holds it in a slightly bent, natural resting position. Designed to immobilise, support and protect injured fingers and the interphalangeal (IP) joints, it provides firm (Level 5\/5) stabilisation while a soft, hypoallergenic Ethafoam lining keeps it comfortable against the skin. The malleable aluminium arms can be bent to the finger for a secure fit — with no taping needed — and the open design does not restrict your other fingers. Available in sizes S, M and L by finger length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium body\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lightweight yet sturdy aluminium body delivers strong, Level 5\/5 immobilisation and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, hypoallergenic foam lining provides high cushioning and comfortable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; compact\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, sleek and well ventilated, comfortable for everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrog shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — The signature frog shape supports the finger securely on both sides and holds it in a natural resting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMalleable arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bendable arms shape to the finger for a snug fit and eliminate the need for taping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Supports the injured finger without restricting movement of the others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Frog Splint is intended to immobilise, support and protect an injured finger and its interphalangeal joints in a natural resting position, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger dislocations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLigament injuries of the finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMallet finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoutonnière deformity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther soft-tissue finger injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical finger care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 5\/5 (high) immobilisation splint. Fitting, shaping and duration of use should follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Any bending of the arms to fit should be done as advised by your clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the splint around the injured finger, with the flat side under the finger and the arms on either side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the bent angle of the splint with the natural curve of the finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply even pressure on the side arms to achieve a snug, secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Frog Splint (F-04)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny bending of the arms to fit should be done as advised by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Frog Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports an injured finger and its interphalangeal joints — for conditions such as fractures, dislocations, mallet finger, boutonnière deformity or after surgery — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it different from a straight finger splint?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts frog shape cradles the finger from both sides and holds it in a slightly bent, natural position, giving firm Level 5\/5 support without taping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need taping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — the malleable arms bend to grip the finger securely, so no taping is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSizing is by finger length: S 3.8–5.1 cm (1.5–2 in), M 5.1–7.6 cm (2–3 in), L 7.6–10.2 cm (3–4 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e F 04\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L (by finger length — S: 3.8–5.1 cm, M: 5.1–7.6 cm, L: 7.6–10.2 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Polyethylene foam (Ethafoam), Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Immobilisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/F04-Product-manual-Frog_Splint.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488207126586,"sku":"F04ADZ-SML-FROG-SPLT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807498518586,"sku":"F04BDZ-MED-FROG-SPLT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807498551354,"sku":"F04CDZ-LRG-FROG-SPLT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Frog_Splint_Injured_Finger_phalangeal_Joint_Immobilization_5.jpg?v=1628543141"},{"product_id":"i44-hot-cold-pack","title":"Tynor Hot \u0026 Cold Pack I44 | Gel Bead Flexible Therapy Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Hot \u0026amp; Cold Pack (I-44) is a versatile, reusable gel-bead pack that delivers both warming and cooling therapy in a single product. Filled with soft hydrophilic gel beads inside a flexible, leakproof TPU pouch, it conforms closely to almost any body part — knee, ankle, shoulder, back, hip or elbow — and holds its temperature for lasting relief. Chill it in the freezer for cooling comfort, or warm it in the microwave or hot water for soothing heat. A soft, removable fabric cover with an elastic strap protects the skin from hot or cold burns and holds the pack hands-free against the body. One universal size (25 × 17 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, flexible TPU pouch conforms closely to the contours of the body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGel beads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Hydrophilic gel beads hold the required hot or cold temperature for longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure sealing\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-quality sealing keeps the pouch leakproof and durable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot \u0026amp; cold therapy\u003c\/strong\u003e — One reusable pack switches easily between warming heat and cooling cold therapy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft fabric cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — A plush, removable cover shields the skin from hot or cold burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElastic strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Holds the pack securely and hands-free on a range of body parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Hot \u0026amp; Cold Pack is intended to provide warming (heat) or cooling (cold) therapy for comfort and support, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCold therapy can be used for:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor swelling and soft-tissue injuries (sprains, strains, bruises)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling relief after an acute injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical cooling comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHeat therapy can be used for:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscle stiffness, tension and fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint and arthritic discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack pain and general muscle soreness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use the pack inside its fabric cover. For heat, check the temperature before applying and never overheat. Cold and heat therapy are not suitable for everyone — see the cautions below and check with your doctor if you have a medical condition.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor cold therapy:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the gel pack in the freezer (around 0 °C) for at least one hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the chilled pack inside its fabric cover and apply to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor heat therapy (microwave):\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the gel pouch flat in the microwave and heat for 45 seconds at 800 W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the temperature; if needed, reheat in 10-second intervals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the pack inside its fabric cover and apply to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor heat therapy (hot water):\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat water to boiling, then remove it from the heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the pouch in the water for about 10 minutes until it reaches the desired temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the pack inside its fabric cover and apply to the affected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Hot \u0026amp; Cold Pack (I-44) gel-bead pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft fabric cover with elastic strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways use the pack inside its fabric cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash the cover with mild detergent in water below 30 °C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade; do not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from sharp edges and avoid dropping on hard surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways use the pack inside its cloth cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the microwave wattage carefully — heating time varies with wattage; reheat only in short intervals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever place the gel pouch in a conventional oven or toaster, or near extreme or direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for people with conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, Raynaud's syndrome, cold-allergic conditions, paralysis or areas of impaired sensation — seek medical advice first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake extra care if you have difficulty sensing heat or cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor post-surgical use, follow your doctor's instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the gel contacts the skin or eyes, rinse immediately with water; if irritation or redness persists, consult a doctor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use if the pouch is punctured or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or lie on the pack (excess weight may rupture it)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used hot and cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — freeze it for cold therapy, or warm it in the microwave or hot water for heat therapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I heat it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn the microwave (about 45 seconds at 800 W, then 10-second intervals if needed) or in hot water for around 10 minutes. Always check the temperature and use the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it stay hot or cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe gel beads are designed to retain temperature for an extended time, and it can be re-frozen or re-heated and reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOn most body parts — knee, ankle, shoulder, back, hip or elbow — held in place with the elastic strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 44\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (approx. 25 × 17 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 0 °C to 75 °C\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pouch — TPU; Gel beads — Sodium Polyacrylate, Glycerine; Cover — Polyamide, Polyester, PET, Rubber, Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I44-Product-manual-Hot_Cold_Pack.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488207519802,"sku":"I44UBG-UNI-HOT-COL-PCK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Hot-cold-pack-tyor18-01_2000x_063c1ab0-b8ba-4c90-bc8c-820f29580bd3.jpg?v=1664350169"},{"product_id":"i46-lumbar-support-back-seat","title":"Tynor Back Rest Full I46 | Ergonomic Full Back Support Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Back Rest Full (I-46) is a lightweight, portable back support cushion designed to support the natural curve of the spine and encourage a comfortable, upright sitting posture. Rather than being worn, it's simply placed against the backrest of a car seat, office or dining chair, bed or sofa, where its anatomically contoured shape conforms to the profile of your back and supports the lower back's natural curve. Moulded from high-density (50 kg\/m³) polyurethane foam, it gives firm, resilient, long-lasting support, and elasticised holding straps secure it to most seats. The removable, washable plush cover keeps it fresh and looks at home in the car or office. Universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anatomically contoured to follow the profile of your back and support the spine's natural curve for optimal sitting support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced sitting comfort\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-density (50 kg\/m³) polyurethane foam gives firm, resilient cushioning for comfortable support during long periods of sitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable elastic strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Elasticised holding straps secure the back rest to most car seats and chairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintains spine alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e — Encourages a neutral spine position and supports an upright posture while seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable plush cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — A removable, washable cover keeps the back rest hygienic and looks smart in the car or office.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; portable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light (about 1 kg) and easy to move between the car, office and home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Back Rest Full is intended to support the natural curve of the spine and encourage comfortable, upright sitting, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosture support during long hours of sitting or travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for the lower back's natural curve while seated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfort in the car, office, at home or while resting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps absorb jerks and vibrations while travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative or post-injury back support, as directed by your healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match the curve of the back rest to the curve of your spine for the best support. This cushion supports comfortable sitting but does not replace medical treatment — if you're using it for a specific condition, or have post-operative or post-injury needs, check with your doctor or physiotherapist first.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse freely for general sitting support; for use with a specific condition, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the back rest against the backrest of your chair or car seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure it using the elasticised straps so it sits firmly in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition it so its curve matches the curve of your lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit back so your spine rests comfortably against the support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Back Rest Full (I-46)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable washable cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the cover to wash; follow the care label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or machine wash the cover as directed; air dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot-clean the foam only — do not soak or machine wash the foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from direct heat and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional if using for a specific condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis cushion supports comfortable sitting but is not a treatment for any medical condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the straps so the back rest doesn't slip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the I-46 Back Rest used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports the natural curve of the spine and encourages comfortable, upright sitting during long periods at a desk, in the car or at home, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it worn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — it is placed against the backrest of a seat and secured with elastic straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe elasticised straps fit most car seats and chairs. Dimensions: 48.3 × 38.6 × 10.7 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the plush cover is removable and washable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 46\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48.3 × 38.6 × 10.7 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 1.04 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density (50 kg\/m³) polyurethane foam, washable plush cover\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I46-Product-manual-Back_Rest_Full.pdf?v=1780530099\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488207618106,"sku":"I46UBZ-UNI-BAK-RST-FUL","price":134.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/AHS-back-rest-brace-tynor-www.tynor.com.au-1.jpg?v=1677056955"},{"product_id":"j12-ankle-support-neoprene","title":"Tynor Ankle Support Neoprene J12 | Heat Retention Neoprene Ankle Brace","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Support (Neoprene) (J-12) is a wrap-around neoprene ankle brace that provides compression, warmth and controlled support to a weak or injured ankle. A semi-rigid PE splint helps arrest inversion and eversion (side-to-side roll) while still allowing freedom in plantar flexion, giving controlled, supportive immobilisation where it's needed most. Made from a soft, four-way-stretch, three-layered neoprene that retains gentle warmth, it has anti-slip silicone bands to stop it slipping, a perforated rear for breathability, and a slim profile that fits inside a shoe. Its anatomical, bilateral design fits either the left or right ankle. One universal size (18–30 cm circumference).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemi-rigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — A semi-rigid PE splint helps arrest inversion and eversion roll while allowing freedom in plantar flexion, for controlled support and immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both ankles\u003c\/strong\u003e — An anatomical, bilaterally symmetrical design fits either the left or right ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium neoprene material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, durable four-way-stretch neoprene retains gentle body heat for comforting warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip silicone bands\u003c\/strong\u003e — Silicone bands along key contact points help keep the brace in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Easy to put on and take off, with customised compression and a slim profile that fits inside a shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable rear\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perforated at the rear for added aeration during wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle Support is intended to provide compression, warmth and controlled support to a weak or injured ankle, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChronic ankle instability or laxity (loose ligaments)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle sprains and rollovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during swelling (oedema)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective support during high-impact sport and exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for ankles prone to repetitive injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative and post-cast ankle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive compression for mild ankle osteoarthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fasten the straps for an intimate fit, but not so tightly that they restrict blood flow to the foot. For the correct level of support, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the wrap-around brace and position it around the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the semi-rigid splint along the sides of the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the brace for even, comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the closures for an intimate fit, without restricting blood flow to the foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Ankle Support (Neoprene) (J-12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose any straps before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten for an intimate fit but not so tightly that it restricts blood flow to the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ankle Support used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides compression, warmth and controlled support to a weak or injured ankle — for chronic instability, sprains, swelling and protective support during sport — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either ankle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the anatomical, bilateral design fits either the left or right ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it inside a shoe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it is slim and sleek, and the anti-slip silicone bands help keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size, fitting an ankle circumference of 18–30 cm (measured about 5 cm above the ankle joint).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 12\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (ankle circumference 18–30 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either ankle (bilateral)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene, Nylon (Polyamide), Polyethylene (PE splint), Silicone\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/J12-Product-manual-Ankle_Support_Neoprene.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210698298,"sku":"J12UGZ-UNI-ANKL-SPRT-NEO","price":64.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Anle_Brace_Neoprene_092981ae-2dfe-4f95-86bf-7de63754083b.jpg?v=1594579499"},{"product_id":"l07-walking-stick-soft-top-handle-lightweight-anti-slip-cane","title":"Tynor Walking Stick Soft Top Handle L07 | Adjustable Height Walking Cane","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Walking Stick (L-07) is a height-adjustable, general-purpose walking aid that provides support and stability for confident walking, indoors and out. Its soft, gel-padded top handle is ergonomically shaped for a comfortable, secure grip with uniform load-bearing across the palm, and a complimentary safety lanyard keeps it to hand. The lightweight aluminium-alloy body is strong and durable with a weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg, while the anti-slip TPE base gives excellent traction on common floor surfaces. The handle height adjusts from 76 cm to 99 cm in 2 cm steps via a spring-loaded pin. Available in Black and Silver (one universal size).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft cushion handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, gel-padded top handle gives enhanced cushioning and uniform load-bearing across the palm for a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — A spring-loaded pin adjusts the handle height from 76 cm to 99 cm in 2 cm steps, for a quick, proper fit to your posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength material\u003c\/strong\u003e — A high-strength aluminium-alloy body is light yet sturdy and durable, with a 110 kg weight-bearing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e — A high-quality TPE ferrule with concentric grooves gives excellent traction on common floor surfaces, and is easily replaced when worn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety lanyard included\u003c\/strong\u003e — A complimentary wrist lanyard keeps the stick to hand and frees the hand when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatex-free \u0026amp; low-maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e — The handle is latex-free, non-allergenic and odourless, and wipes clean easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Walking Stick is intended to provide support, stability and balance for individuals who need assistance with walking, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral walking support and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded balance and confidence indoors and outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility assistance for older adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport with posture and alignment while walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This walking stick has a maximum user weight of 110 kg. Always check the height is set correctly and the locking pin is fully engaged before use, and replace the rubber base (ferrule) if it becomes worn. If you're unsure about the right walking aid or set-up for you, ask your physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor correct height setting and safe use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand upright in your usual shoes, arms relaxed by your side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the spring-loaded pin and slide the lower tube to set the handle level with your wrist crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure the pin locks fully through the hole and the height feels secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the lanyard around your wrist and grip the handle, with the anti-slip base flat on the floor before putting weight on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Walking Stick (L-07)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety wrist lanyard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth and mild detergent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the locking pin, tube and handle regularly for wear or looseness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rubber base (ferrule) regularly and replace it if worn or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight: 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height-adjustment pin is fully engaged and locked before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anti-slip base regularly and replace it when worn for safe grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake care on wet, uneven or slippery surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not modify the walking stick or use it for any purpose other than walking support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the L-07 Walking Stick used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides support, stability and balance for people who need assistance with walking, indoors and out, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height does it adjust to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe handle adjusts from 76 cm to 99 cm in 2 cm steps using a spring-loaded pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has a weight-bearing capacity of up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack and Silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 07\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (handle height adjustable 76–99 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Silver\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight-bearing capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy and mild steel body, TPE anti-slip base, gel-padded handle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":31488210862138,"sku":"L07UCZ-BLK-WLK-STIK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":39605875507258,"sku":"L07UDZ-SILV-WLK-STIK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Walking_Stick_with_Soft_Top_Handle_Black_Australia_10.jpg?v=1595014927"},{"product_id":"l12-walking-stick-quadripod-quad-cane","title":"Tynor Walking Stick Quadripod L12 | 4-Point Aluminium Balance Walking Stick","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Quadripod Walking Stick (L-12) is a height-adjustable, four-point walking aid that gives extra support and stability for those who need more confidence on their feet. Its wide, welded quadripod base lets the stick stand on its own and provides a stable, reassuring footing, while the soft, gel-padded top handle is anatomically shaped for comfortable, ambidextrous use with uniform load-bearing across the palm. The lightweight aluminium-alloy and mild-steel body is strong and durable with a weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg, and the anti-slip TPE pods give excellent traction on common floor surfaces. The handle height adjusts from 74 cm to 98 cm. Universal size, with a complimentary safety lanyard included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical hand grip with soft top\u003c\/strong\u003e — An ergonomically shaped, gel-padded handle gives soft-top comfort and a strong, uniform grip across the palm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuadripod design\u003c\/strong\u003e — A wide, four-point welded base provides superior balance and stability, and lets the stick stand on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-skid pods\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-performance TPE pods give excellent traction and a slip-resistant grip on common floor surfaces, and are easily replaced when worn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbidextrous design\u003c\/strong\u003e — An equal-sided base and reversible handle work equally well on the left or right side — no adjustment needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength, lightweight body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aluminium-alloy and mild-steel tubing is light yet strong and durable, with a 110 kg weight-bearing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e — The handle height adjusts from 74 cm to 98 cm to match your posture, with a safety lanyard included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Quadripod Walking Stick is intended to provide extra support, balance and stability for individuals who need assistance with walking, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra stability and balance for walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded confidence indoors and outdoors, including on stairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility assistance for older adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA self-standing aid for those who need to free their hands intermittently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This walking stick has a maximum user weight of 110 kg. Always check the height is set correctly and the locking pin is fully engaged before use, and replace the rubber pods (ferrules) if they become worn. If you're unsure about the right walking aid or set-up for you, ask your physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor correct height setting and safe use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand upright in your usual shoes, arms relaxed by your side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the handle height level with your wrist crease using the adjustment mechanism, between 74 cm and 98 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure the height is locked securely and all four pods sit flat on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the lanyard around your wrist and grip the handle, with the base flat and stable before putting weight on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Quadripod Walking Stick (L-12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety wrist lanyard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth and mild detergent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tube, handle and base regularly for wear or looseness, and replace the stick if the body is damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rubber pods (ferrules) regularly and replace them if worn or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight: 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height is set and locked securely before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all four pods are flat on the ground before putting weight on the stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anti-slip pods regularly and replace them when worn for safe grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the stick if you notice any damage to the body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the L-12 Quadripod Walking Stick used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides extra support, balance and stability for people who need more assistance with walking, indoors and out, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes a quad cane different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts wide four-point base offers greater stability than a single-tip stick and lets the cane stand on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height does it adjust to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe handle adjusts from 74 cm to 98 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has a weight-bearing capacity of up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 12\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (handle height adjustable 74–98 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight-bearing capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-point quadripod (ambidextrous)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy and mild steel body, TPE anti-slip pods, gel-padded handle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31488210894906,"sku":"L12UDZ-UNI-WLK-QUDRIPOD","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/tynor-india-walking-quadripod-soft-top-handle-tywa04-07_2048x_1d9ec5bb-bcc9-4e82-aee2-1a36d1c43594.jpg?v=1590258106"},{"product_id":"l13-adjustable-forearm-elbow-crutches-soft-top-handle","title":"Tynor Elbow Crutch Adjustable L13 | Aluminium Forearm Crutch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Elbow Crutch (L-13) is a modern, height-adjustable forearm crutch designed to provide stability and partial weight-bearing support when one or both legs need assistance. It spreads the supporting load across the wrist and forearm to ease concentrated pressure on the hands, with a soft, gel-padded ambidextrous handle for comfort and a flip-down forearm cuff with a hook-and-loop closure that holds the arm securely and leaves the hands free. The high-strength aluminium-alloy body is light yet durable with a weight-bearing capacity of 110 kg, and the anti-slip TPE pod gives reliable traction. The height adjusts from 75 cm to 99 cm. Sold individually (single crutch), universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-strength, anodised aluminium-alloy tubing is light yet strong, with a 110 kg weight-bearing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — The height adjusts from 75 cm to 99 cm to help maintain a proper, comfortable walking posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable forearm support\u003c\/strong\u003e — An adjustable, flip-style elbow cuff with a hook-and-loop closure holds the forearm securely for balanced, uniform support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft gel-padded handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — An ergonomic, gel-padded handle spreads load across the palm and eases pressure on the hands; latex-free, non-allergenic and odourless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip TPE pod\u003c\/strong\u003e — A high-performance TPE pod provides reliable traction and wear resistance on common floor surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands-free security\u003c\/strong\u003e — The secure forearm cuff lets you keep your hands free when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Elbow Crutch is intended to provide stability and partial weight-bearing support for individuals with restricted mobility in one or both legs, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePartial weight-bearing support for a recovering or restricted leg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStability and support while walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpreading load from the hands across the wrist and forearm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded confidence indoors and outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This crutch has a maximum user weight of 110 kg, and is sold individually — your healthcare professional will advise whether you need one or two. Always check the height and elbow cuff are set and secured correctly before use, and replace the rubber pod (ferrule) if it becomes worn. A physiotherapist or occupational therapist can fit and set up your crutch correctly.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor correct fitting, height setting and safe use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the handle height so it sits level with your wrist crease when you stand upright (between 75 cm and 99 cm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the elbow cuff so it sits comfortably around your forearm, just below the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the cuff closure and check the height and cuff are locked securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the anti-slip pod flat on the floor and take weight through the handle, as advised by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Elbow Crutch (L-13) — single crutch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth and mild detergent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the tube, handle, elbow cuff and closures regularly for wear or looseness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rubber pod (ferrule) regularly and replace it if worn or damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight: 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the height and elbow cuff are set and secured before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anti-slip pod regularly and replace it when worn for safe grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake care on wet, uneven or slippery surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, physiotherapist or occupational therapist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not modify the crutch or use it for any purpose other than mobility support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the L-13 Elbow Crutch used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides stability and partial weight-bearing support for people with restricted mobility in one or both legs, spreading load from the hands across the wrist and forearm, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is sold individually (a single crutch). Your healthcare professional will advise whether you need one or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height does it adjust to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe handle adjusts from 75 cm to 99 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has a weight-bearing capacity of up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e L 13\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (handle height adjustable 75–99 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single crutch (sold individually)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight-bearing capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy body, TPE anti-slip pod, gel-padded polymer handle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":31488210927674,"sku":"L13UGZ-UNI-ELBW-CRTCH","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Australia_Premium_Adjustable_Forearm_Elbow_Crutches_Soft_Top_Handle_10.jpg?v=1594741786"},{"product_id":"h13-coccyx-cushion-seat","title":"Tynor Coccyx Cushion Seat H13 | Tailbone Relief Orthopaedic Seat Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Coccyx Cushion Seat (H-13) is an anatomically contoured orthopaedic seat cushion with a coccyx cut-out, designed to support comfortable sitting and relieve concentrated pressure on the tailbone. The contoured surface distributes your body weight evenly across the seat, while the rear cut-out lets the tailbone (coccyx) rest in an open, pressure-free zone rather than being compressed against the chair. Moulded from high-density viscoelastic (memory) foam, it offers firm, lasting cushioning and supports an upright sitting posture and lumbar alignment. It's lightweight and portable, with a washable, zippered velour cover, and suits most chairs — office, desk, car, and more. Universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomic design\u003c\/strong\u003e — A contoured surface distributes body weight evenly across the seat and helps support an upright sitting posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-quality foam\u003c\/strong\u003e — Moulded from high-density viscoelastic (memory) foam for firm, comfortable, long-lasting cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoccyx cut-out\u003c\/strong\u003e — A rear cut-out lets the tailbone rest in an open, pressure-free zone, relieving concentrated pressure on the coccyx.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports lower back\u003c\/strong\u003e — Encourages comfortable sitting posture and lumbar alignment during long periods of sitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable zippered cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — A plush, hard-wearing velour cover unzips for easy washing, keeping the cushion hygienic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; portable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light and easy to carry, and suits most chairs at home, in the office or in the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Coccyx Cushion Seat is intended to support comfortable sitting and relieve concentrated pressure on the tailbone, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during long periods of sitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive cushioning for the tailbone (coccyx) and sacral area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEven distribution of body weight while seated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable sitting posture and lumbar support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfort during pregnancy (sitting support)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive cushioning during rest and recovery, as advised by your healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral everyday use at a desk, in the car or on most chairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This cushion supports comfortable sitting but does not replace medical treatment. If you have persistent tailbone, back or hip discomfort, or are pregnant, check with your doctor or physiotherapist before use. Position the cut-out at the rear, under the tailbone.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional, who can confirm it's suitable for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the cushion on a firm, flat chair or seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the cushion so the cut-out (gap) is at the rear, under your tailbone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit centrally with your weight even across the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure the cushion sits securely and doesn't slide on the chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Coccyx Cushion Seat (H-13)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWashable zippered cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip and remove the cover to wash; follow the care label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or machine wash the cover as directed; air dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot-clean the foam only — do not soak or machine wash the foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from direct heat and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis cushion supports comfortable sitting but is not a treatment for any medical condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are pregnant or have persistent tailbone, back or hip discomfort, check with your doctor or physiotherapist before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if discomfort persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace on a stable seat and make sure it doesn't slip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the H-13 Coccyx Cushion used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports comfortable sitting and relieves concentrated pressure on the tailbone by distributing body weight evenly, with a cut-out that lets the coccyx rest in a pressure-free zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich way does the cut-out face?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe cut-out goes at the rear, under your tailbone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it on any chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt suits most chairs — office, desk, car and more — and is lightweight and portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the velour cover unzips for easy washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e H 13\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density viscoelastic (memory) PU foam, washable velour cover\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/H13-Product-manual-Coccyx_Cushion_Seat.pdf?v=1780530099\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39400292515898,"sku":"H13UBZ-UNI-COCCYX","price":144.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Coccyx_Cushion_Seat_Tynor_Australia_For_Sciatica_Stenosis_26.jpg?v=1625161421"},{"product_id":"a12-ash-hyperextension-brace","title":"Tynor Ash Brace Hyper Extension A12 | Spinal Hyperextension Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ash Brace Hyper Extension (A-12) is a rigid spinal hyperextension brace designed to immobilise and stabilise the thoracic and lumbar spine in a neutral, slightly hyperextended position. Working on a three-point pressure principle — across the sternum and pubis at the front and the lower back at the rear — it limits forward bending and helps offload the front (anterior) of the vertebral bodies. A lightweight, durable anodised-aluminium frame with malleable bars can be shaped and length-adjusted via a simple knob-and-screw mechanism, while Ethafoam-padded sternal and pubic pads (including a swivel sternal pad) keep it comfortable and secure. Available in two sizes by height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lightweight, durable aluminium frame provides moderate, controlled immobilisation of the spine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable length\u003c\/strong\u003e — Telescoping vertical bars adjust to the wearer's height for a personalised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnob \u0026amp; screw mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple two-way knob-and-screw adjustment makes fitting and resizing easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-point pressure action\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pressure across the sternum, pubis and lower back helps maintain spinal alignment and a hyperextended posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam-padded contact pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Cushioned sternal and pubic pads (with a swivel sternal pad) reduce pressure on the chest and pelvis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid back pad \u0026amp; hook-and-loop closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — A broad rigid back pad supports the lumbar region; reverse-buckle hook-and-loop straps fasten securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ash Brace is intended to immobilise and stabilise the thoracic and lumbar spine in a hyperextended position, limiting forward flexion, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOsteoporotic vertebral (bone) collapse of the thoracic and lumbar spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable and inoperable anterior vertebral compression fractures of the thoracic and lumbar spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdiopathic hyperkyphosis of the spine (including Scheuermann's disease)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntervertebral disc prolapse or herniation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical spinal support and immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining a neutral \/ hyperextended spinal position to offload the anterior vertebrae\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 4\/5 rigid spinal hyperextension brace. It must be selected, fitted, shaped and adjusted under the direct supervision of a qualified healthcare professional. Do not bend or modify the frame yourself.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Fitting and any shaping of the bars should be carried out by your clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the vertical pads to the required length using the knob-and-screw mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the brace on the body with the sternal pad centred on the chest and the pubic pad over the centre of the pubic area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBend the horizontal main body of the brace to follow the curve of the abdomen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the back pad at the centre of the lower back (lumbar-sacral region).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closures for a secure, comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Ash Brace Hyper Extension (A-12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSternal, pubic and lumbar back pads (attached)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a clean, moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use solvents (acetone, thinner, turpentine or petroleum products)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaping and adjustment of the frame should be performed by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Ash Brace used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports the thoracic and lumbar spine in a hyperextended position to limit forward bending — used in the management of vertebral compression fractures, osteoporotic collapse and post-surgical recovery, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt uses a three-point pressure system across the sternum, pubis and lower back to hold the spine in extension and offload the front of the vertebrae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe vertical bars adjust for length via a knob-and-screw mechanism and the horizontal bar can be shaped to the body — adjustments should be done by your clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSizing is based on the wearer's height (Short: approx. 137–168 cm; Long: approx. 168–198 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short and Long (by height — Short approx. 137–168 cm; Long approx. 168–198 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Polyamide, Ethafoam, Mild Steel, Polypropylene, Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Immobilisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/A12-Product-manual-Ash_brace_Hyper-extension.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Short","offer_id":31488305365050,"sku":"A12ABZ-SHRT-ASH-BR","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long","offer_id":31807497928762,"sku":"A12CBZ-LONG-ASH-BR","price":124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/AHS-Ash-brace-tynor-www.tynor.com.au-_1.jpg?v=1677056594"},{"product_id":"a15-lumbar-support","title":"Tynor Lumbo Support Uni A15 | Anatomic Lumbar Posture Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Lumbo Support Uni (A-15) is an ergonomically designed lumbosacral support belt that provides effective support to the lower back while encouraging better posture. Its snug, anatomically tapered fit delivers uniform compression around the lumbar region, helping to stabilise the spine and ease strain on the lower back. A pre-shaped semi-rigid back frame moulds to the contours of the lower back for firm support, while a double-pull elastic system lets you dial in extra compression. Lean and sleek, it is comfortable enough for everyday wear — at work, during travel or general daily activity. Available in two sizes by waist measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective back support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Uniform lumbar compression and a semi-rigid frame stabilise and support the lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomic shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — An anatomically tapered design conforms to the natural curve of the lower back for posture correction and a comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemi-rigid back frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pre-shaped semi-rigid splints mould to the lumbosacral region for strong, supportive immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-pull mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Twin pull straps let you add compression and support for a customised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElastic body\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-modulus, heat-resistant elastic webbing provides firm, durable compression that retains its shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad hook-and-loop panel\u003c\/strong\u003e — A wide closure panel makes the belt easy to apply and suits a wide range of waist sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Lumbo Support Uni is intended to support and stabilise the lumbosacral region, encourage better posture and ease lower-back strain, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower back pain (lumbago)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosture correction and postural fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for weakened abdominal muscles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumbar spondylosis and degenerative changes of the lumbar spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOsteoporotic pain of the lumbar spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfort and support during long working hours, standing or travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 3\/5 lumbar support. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional. Fasten for firm, comfortable compression without restricting breathing or circulation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Position the back panel over the centre of the lower spine and fasten for comfortable compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the inside \"UP\" label so the belt is the right way up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the belt around your waist, keeping it upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the back panel over the centre of your spine, with the lower edge at the base of the spine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closure to a comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStretch and fasten the double-pull elastics for added grip and compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Lumbo Support Uni (A-15)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-shaped semi-rigid back frame (built-in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop closures before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the straps for a secure, comfortable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Lumbo Support Uni used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports and stabilises the lower back and encourages better posture — providing comfort during lower-back strain, posture correction and prolonged sitting, standing or travel, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it help with posture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts anatomically tapered shape and semi-rigid back frame are designed to support a more upright posture and reduce postural fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the double-pull system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwin elastic pull straps let you increase compression and support on top of the main closure for a customised fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure your waist circumference just below the navel (Regular: approx. 71–102 cm \/ 28–40 in; Plus: approx. 102–132 cm \/ 40–52 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 15\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular and Plus (by waist — Regular: approx. 71–102 cm \/ 28–40 in; Plus: approx. 102–132 cm \/ 40–52 in)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester, Cotton, Polyamide, Polypropylene, Elastane, Rubber\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/A15-Product-manual-Lumbo_Support_Uni.pdf?v=1780530163\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Regular","offer_id":31488305397818,"sku":"A15UAZ-UNI-LUM-SUPRT","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Plus","offer_id":31807497895994,"sku":"A15EAZ-SPL-LUM-SUPRT","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/A15_Tynor_Lumbo_Support_Posture_Corrector_Back_Brace_Australia_3.jpg?v=1625768966"},{"product_id":"b02-cervical-collar-soft","title":"Tynor Cervical Collar Soft B02 | Neck Immobilisation Australia","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cervical Collar Soft with Support (B02) is a cervical orthosis designed to help provide controlled support and assist stabilisation of the neck region by limiting unwanted movement of the cervical spine. It is constructed using high-density PU foam with a reinforced semi-rigid LDPE support sheet and breathable fabric cover designed to assist structural support while maintaining comfort during daily wear. The ventilated design with eyelets is intended to improve airflow and reduce heat build-up during extended use. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density PU foam structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help provide firm cervical support and assist controlled immobilisation of the neck region.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemi-rigid LDPE reinforcement sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist structural stability and limit excessive cervical movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable fabric cover with ventilation eyelets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help improve airflow and reduce heat accumulation for extended comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical chin support design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist comfortable chin positioning and cervical alignment during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop closure system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for secure fastening and easy adjustment for a personalised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal height and width design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to provide full neck coverage and consistent support across the cervical region.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cervical Collar Soft with Support is designed to help provide external support to the cervical spine and may assist in managing discomfort associated with the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylosis and neck stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical disc-related discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeck sprains and soft tissue strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTorticollis (wry neck)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEarly rheumatoid involvement of the cervical spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHairline fractures, dislocations, or acute cervical injuries (as directed by a qualified clinician)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures completely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the collar around the neck ensuring the chin rests in the designated chin support trough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the collar height and alignment for proper cervical positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the closure system to achieve a snug but comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure breathing and circulation are not restricted after application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cervical Collar Soft with Support B02 (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only in mild detergent, water below 30°C — do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wear so tightly as to restrict breathing or blood circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if numbness, skin irritation, increased pain, or worsening symptoms occur\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use without proper clinical assessment in cases of suspected fracture or serious injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions in the product box carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the B02 cervical collar used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Tynor B02 Cervical Collar is designed to help provide support and controlled immobilisation of the neck during conditions such as cervical strain, spondylosis, disc-related issues, and post-injury recovery as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is B02 different from other cervical collars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe B02 model includes a semi-rigid reinforcement sheet combined with high-density foam, designed to provide a higher level of support and immobilisation compared to soft-only collars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn all day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt may be worn for extended periods when recommended by a clinician. Duration of use should always be guided by a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant NDIS support categories. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 02\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density PU foam, LDPE reinforcement sheet, breathable fabric cover, polypropylene eyelets, hook-and-loop closure\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Strasse 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, clinic accounts, and volume pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/B_01_B_02_B_07_combined_user_manual_cc.pdf?v=1778916783\" title=\"Tynor Cervical Collar Soft with Support B02 Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n     \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SML","offer_id":31488306085946,"sku":"B02AAZ-SML-C-COL-SF-SPT","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MED","offer_id":31807497437242,"sku":"B02BAZ-MED-C-COL-SF-SPT","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LRG","offer_id":31807497470010,"sku":"B02CAZ-LRG-C-COL-SF-SPT","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":31807497502778,"sku":"B02DAZ-XL-C-COL-SF-SPT","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Cervical_Collar_Soft_With_Support_Immobilization_Comfort_Ventilation_4.jpg?v=1625155206"},{"product_id":"b03-adjustable-cervical-collar-hard","title":"Tynor Cervical Collar Hard Adjustable B03 | Rigid Neck Support AU","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cervical Collar Hard Adjustable (B03) is a rigid cervical orthosis designed to help provide strong immobilisation and assist controlled support of the cervical spine in flexion, extension, and hyperextension. It is constructed using high-quality polyethylene rigid sheets with cushioned Ethafoam edge padding designed to help improve comfort while maintaining firm structural stability. The adjustable height system is designed to assist accurate fitting based on individual neck dimensions and clinical requirements. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid polyethylene support shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help provide strong cervical immobilisation and structural stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist customised fitting according to neck height and clinical requirement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned Ethafoam edge padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help improve comfort and reduce pressure on skin contact points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated ventilation design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to help improve airflow and reduce heat build-up during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical chin support structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to assist proper head positioning and cervical alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop closure system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for secure fastening and easy application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cervical Collar Hard Adjustable is designed to help provide rigid cervical immobilisation and may assist in managing conditions requiring strong neck support under medical supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylosis and severe neck stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical disc disease and related disorders\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical fractures and dislocations (clinically directed use)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhiplash injuries and acute trauma recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTorticollis (wry neck)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEarly rheumatoid conditions affecting the cervical spine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOther neurological or orthopaedic conditions requiring rigid immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLoosen and unfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust collar height to match neck height as advised by a clinician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the chin securely in the anatomical chin support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the collar around the neck ensuring proper alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the closure system for a snug but comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cervical Collar Hard Adjustable B03 (size as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a damp cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wash in machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep dry and store in a cool place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeight adjustment should only be used for fine tuning, not for incorrect sizing correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wear so tightly as to restrict breathing or circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if numbness, irritation, or increased pain occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness and lead to adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow instructions provided in the product box carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the B03 cervical collar used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Tynor B03 is designed to help provide rigid immobilisation of the neck for conditions requiring strong cervical support such as trauma, fractures, severe strain, or post-injury recovery under medical supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it different from soft cervical collars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUnlike soft collars, the B03 uses a rigid polyethylene structure designed to provide a higher level of immobilisation and controlled neck positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the height be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the collar includes an adjustable height system designed to assist proper fitting according to individual neck dimensions, under clinical guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use NDIS funding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAustralian Healthcare Supplies is a registered NDIS provider. This product may be eligible under relevant NDIS support categories. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility for your plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 03\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyethylene rigid sheet, Ethafoam padding, breathable fabric cover, hook-and-loop closure\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · ISO 45001 · US FDA Registered · CE Marked · W.H.O. GMP\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eEC Representative:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT Promedt Consulting GmbH, Ernst-Heckel-Strasse 7, 66386 St. Ingbert, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital supply, clinic accounts, and volume pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cervical_Coliar_Hard_Adjustable.pdf\" title=\"Tynor Cervical Collar Hard Adjustable B03 Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n     \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488306118714,"sku":"B03AHZ-SML-C-COL-HRD-AD","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807497371706,"sku":"B03BHZ-MED-C-COL-HRD-AD","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807497404474,"sku":"B03CHZ-LRG-C-COL-HRD-AD","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/hard-cervical-collar-neck-brace-australia.webp?v=1778938334"},{"product_id":"b05-cervical-orthosis-philadelphia","title":"Tynor Philadelphia Cervical Orthosis B-05 | Rigid Neck Support","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Philadelphia Cervical Orthosis (Ethafoam) is a rigid cervical immobilisation device designed to provide strong stabilisation of the neck while maintaining comfort during extended clinical use. Its anatomical design restricts flexion, extension, and rotational movements of the cervical spine, making it suitable for conditions requiring firm immobilisation under medical supervision. The frontal opening allows tracheostomy access, while the balloon-style design reduces skin contact, making it ideal for burn and trauma care patients. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight, non-absorbent, and easy to clean material designed for durability and patient comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-formed chin support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provides chin lock and limits neck rotation for strong and stable immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalloon anatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Minimises skin contact, improving comfort and making it suitable for burn and trauma patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHypoallergenic material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to reduce risk of skin irritation during prolonged use, suitable for sensitive patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTracheostomy opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows airway access and compatibility with tracheostomy or airway management systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-piece structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enables easy application, stable support, and controlled immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Philadelphia Cervical Orthosis B-05 is designed for rigid immobilisation of the cervical spine and may be used under medical supervision for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spine fractures and trauma management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative cervical stabilization\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylitis and degenerative conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-traction or post-surgical immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBurn care and skin-sensitive cervical support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmergency extrication and patient transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeparate the front and rear sections of the orthosis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the rear section behind the neck for occipital support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the chin properly into the pre-formed chin support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the front section and secure using hook-and-loop fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure tracheostomy opening is correctly positioned if required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Philadelphia Cervical Orthosis B-05 (Ethafoam)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean using mild detergent and water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, dry-clean, or wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid exposure to excessive heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under medical supervision\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure correct sizing and proper fitting before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten as it may restrict circulation or breathing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, irritation, or discomfort occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult a doctor before use with other medical devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 05\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ethafoam (cross-linked polyethylene foam)\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eClinical Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Must be used under clinical supervision for cervical immobilisation cases\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cervical_Orthosis_Philadelphia_user_manual_B05_and_B10.pdf?v=1587398832\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SML","offer_id":31488306151482,"sku":"B05AAZ-SML-C-ORT-ETH","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"MED","offer_id":31807497273402,"sku":"B05BAZ-MED-C-ORT-ETH","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"LRG","offer_id":31807497306170,"sku":"B05CAZ-LRG-C-ORT-ETH","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"XL","offer_id":31807497338938,"sku":"B05DAZ-XL-C-ORT-ETH","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cervical-Orthosis-Philadelphia-Ethafoam.webp?v=1778940828"},{"product_id":"b10-cervical-orthosis-philadelphia","title":"Tynor Cervical Orthosis Philadelphia (Plastazote) B10 | Rigid Neck Support AU","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cervical Orthosis Philadelphia (Plastazote) is a rigid cervical immobilisation device designed to provide strong stabilization of the neck while maintaining patient comfort. Its anatomical design ensures controlled restriction of cervical movement, making it suitable for conditions requiring firm immobilisation under medical supervision. The frontal opening supports tracheostomy care, while the balloon-style design reduces skin contact, making it ideal for sensitive or burn patients. Supplied by Australian Healthcare Supplies, a registered NDIS provider based in Perth, Western Australia.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid anatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provides strong cervical immobilisation by limiting flexion, extension, and rotation of the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTracheostomy opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows safe airway access and compatibility with tracheostomy or airway management devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalloon (reduced contact) design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Minimises skin contact, improving comfort and making it suitable for burn and trauma patients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHypoallergenic Plastazote material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to reduce risk of skin irritation, suitable for prolonged clinical use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-piece construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ensures easy application, secure fit, and stable occipital and mandibular support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Cervical Orthosis Philadelphia is designed for rigid immobilisation of the cervical spine and may be used under medical guidance in the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spine fractures and trauma management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative cervical stabilization\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCervical spondylitis and degenerative conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-traction or post-reduction immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmergency immobilisation during patient transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBurn care or sensitive skin conditions requiring minimal contact support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm eligibility.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeparate the front and rear sections of the orthosis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the rear section behind the neck, ensuring proper occipital support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the chin properly in the front section’s support area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose both sections securely using hook-and-loop fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure tracheostomy opening is correctly aligned if applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cervical Orthosis Philadelphia (Plastazote)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash using mild detergent and water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from excessive heat sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure correct sizing and fitting before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if skin irritation, pain, or discomfort occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten, as it may restrict blood flow or breathing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before use with other medical devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e B 10\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S · M · L · XL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastazote foam, rigid support structure\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies, Perth WA — registered NDIS provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eClinical Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Must be used under medical supervision for cervical immobilisation cases\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cervical_Orthosis_Philadelphia_user_manual_B05_and_B10.pdf?v=1587398832\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SML","offer_id":31488306184250,"sku":"B10AAZ-SML-C-ORT-PLTZ","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MED","offer_id":31807497175098,"sku":"B10BAZ-MED-C-ORT-PLTZ","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LRG","offer_id":31807497207866,"sku":"B10CAZ-LRG-C-ORT-PLTZ","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":31807497240634,"sku":"B10DAZ-XL-C-ORT-PLTZ","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Cervical_Orthosis_Philadelphia_Plastazote_Tynor_Australia_B101.jpg?v=1626377611"},{"product_id":"c01-pouch-arm-sling-tropical","title":"Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Tropical C01 | Ergonomic Arm Immobilisation Sling","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling (Tropical) C-01 is an ergonomically designed arm support sling created to comfortably immobilise and support the arm, shoulder, and upper limb during injury recovery and rehabilitation. Designed with lightweight breathable materials and a tropical open-chest structure, it provides stable support while improving ventilation and user comfort during prolonged wear in warm climates. Featuring adjustable shoulder straps, cushioned support elements, and durable wrinkle-resistant fabric, the sling assists proper arm positioning while remaining comfortable for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal arm immobilisation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to support and stabilise the arm and shoulder in a comfortable resting position during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic tropical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open-chest structure improves ventilation and reduces heat retention for enhanced comfort in warm and humid environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable cushioning support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ethafoam shoulder pad and thumb cradle help distribute weight evenly and reduce pressure on the neck and shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium PU bonded fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Three-layer wrinkle-resistant construction provides softness, durability, tear resistance, and long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable sling system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised arm positioning and comfortable angle adjustment for individual support needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release buckle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single-touch opening and closing system allows easy wearing and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling (Tropical) C-01 is designed to help immobilise and support the arm, shoulder, and upper limb during injury management and rehabilitation. It may assist with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm and shoulder immobilisation after injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-fracture support and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder dislocation and soft tissue injury support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative arm positioning and stabilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMuscle strain and ligament injury support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral arm support during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to provide external arm support and immobilisation only. Always follow the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional regarding duration of wear and rehabilitation protocols.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the injured or affected arm inside the sling pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the shoulder strap comfortably over the opposite shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the strap length until the arm rests in a supported and comfortable position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the buckle and ensure the elbow and wrist are properly supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the thumb cradle to maintain comfortable hand positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Pouch Arm Sling (Tropical) C-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEthafoam shoulder pad and thumb support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash using mild detergent below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade on a clean surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from excessive heat or direct sunlight during storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure proper arm positioning during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the sling straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, or discomfort increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with other medical devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided with the product carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the sling be used on either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the ergonomic design allows the sling to be comfortably used for both left and right arm support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for warm climates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the tropical open-chest design improves ventilation and reduces heat build-up, making it suitable for prolonged wear in warmer environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the strap length be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the sling includes a fully adjustable strap system for customised support and positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the sling include shoulder cushioning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the integrated Ethafoam shoulder pad helps distribute pressure and improve comfort during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 01\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Child, S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU Bonded Fabric, Ethafoam Cushioning, Adjustable Cotton Sling\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assorted\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergonomic tropical arm immobilisation sling\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Perth WA\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eUse Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Arm and shoulder immobilisation support\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Arm_Sling_Product_Manual.pdf?995\" title=\"Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Tropical C-01 Product Manual\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488306380858,"sku":"C01AAZ-SML-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807497011258,"sku":"C01BAZ-MED-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807497044026,"sku":"C01CAZ-LRG-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807497076794,"sku":"C01DAZ-XL-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":39378202165306,"sku":"C01EAZ-XXL-TRP-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Pouch_Arm_Sling_Tropical_Immobilization_Australia_2.jpg?v=1626382865"},{"product_id":"c02-universal-shoulder-immobilizer","title":"Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobiliser C02 | Shoulder Fracture Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is a scientifically designed orthopaedic support that helps provide strong immobilisation and stabilisation of the shoulder joint and arm during injury recovery, post-operative care, and rehabilitation. Featuring a two-piece ergonomic design, adjustable fixation straps, and soft PU bonded fabric, it is designed to provide secure arm positioning with enhanced comfort and ease of application for extended daily wear. Available in Child, Regular, and Plus sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific immobilisation design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two-piece shoulder immobilisation system designed to provide secure stabilisation and controlled arm positioning during recovery and rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced comfort construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from premium 3-layer PU bonded fabric that is soft, wrinkle-resistant, durable, and comfortable for prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable fixation straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adjustable shoulder and chest fixation straps allow customised fitting, controlled immobilisation, and better user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient easy-wear design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reverse buckle mechanism and ergonomic construction allow easy self-application and removal with minimal assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal left or right fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to fit both left and right arms while accommodating a wide range of body sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable arm support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arm pouch and restraint system help maintain the arm in a secure resting position while reducing unwanted shoulder movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is designed to help provide support, immobilisation, and stabilisation of the shoulder and arm. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder dislocation and shoulder instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative shoulder immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotator cuff injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle and scapular fracture support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft tissue injury, sprain, or strain of the shoulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm and shoulder support following trauma or overuse injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to assist shoulder and arm immobilisation during recovery and rehabilitation. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure correct fitting and appropriate immobilisation level.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. NDIS participants should \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm funding eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the arm inside the pouch with the elbow comfortably positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap the shoulder strap over the opposite shoulder and adjust to the required height and arm position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the chest fixation strap around the body to stabilise the arm against the torso.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust all straps to achieve a secure yet comfortable immobilisation fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure circulation remains comfortable and movement restriction is appropriate for the prescribed condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer C-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated arm pouch and restraint straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash only using mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not wring, bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if pain, swelling, numbness, or discomfort increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten straps as this may restrict circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with any other medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided inside the product packaging carefully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shoulder immobilizer used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Tynor Universal Shoulder Immobilizer is designed to help immobilise and stabilise the shoulder and arm during injury recovery, rehabilitation, and post-operative care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on both arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the universal design allows the immobilizer to be worn on either the left or right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable for long-term wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the soft PU bonded fabric, ergonomic pouch, and adjustable straps are designed to improve comfort during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the fit myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the immobilizer features adjustable shoulder and chest straps for customised fitting and easy self-application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 02\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular, Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-layer PU bonded fabric, Nylon straps, Hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked · US FDA Registered\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for hospital, physiotherapy clinic, and healthcare supply pricing\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Universal_Shoulder_immobilizer.pdf?995\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual (PDF)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"UNIVERSAL","offer_id":31488306413626,"sku":"C02UBZ-UNI-SHLDR-IMOB","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SPECIAL","offer_id":31807496978490,"sku":"C02UEB-SPL-SHLDR-IMOB","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Universal_Shoulder_Immobilization_Support_Correct_Posture_Australia_1.jpg?v=1626440817"},{"product_id":"c05-clavicle-brace-posture-corrector","title":"Tynor Clavicle Brace With Fastening Tape C05 | Ergonomic Clavicle Alignment Support","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Clavicle Brace with Fastening Tape is a scientifically designed orthopaedic support that helps maintain proper alignment of the clavicle (collarbone), supports posture correction, and assists in fracture management and recovery. Its ergonomic figure-of-eight design, cushioned shoulder pads, and adjustable fastening system ensure controlled compression, stability, and comfort during daily use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic figure-of-eight design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Maintains proper clavicle alignment and supports correct shoulder posture during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable fastening tape system\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows precise tightening and positioning for controlled compression and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned shoulder pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reduce pressure on shoulders and improve comfort during prolonged wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse buckle mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enables easy adjustment and secure fit without loosening during movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable padded construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight PU foam with soft lining ensures comfort and reduces skin irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosture correction support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps in managing rounded shoulders and promotes proper upper body alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Clavicle Brace is designed to provide immobilisation, support, and alignment of the clavicle region. It may assist in the management and recovery of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle (collarbone) fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative clavicle support and immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePostural correction (rounded or stooped shoulders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClavicle strain or injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUpper back and shoulder alignment support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This device should be used under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional to ensure proper alignment and correct tension adjustment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical guidance. For NDIS or clinical supply enquiries, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the back pad centrally between the shoulder blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the shoulder straps over both shoulders evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the straps using the reverse buckle system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure gentle but firm compression for proper clavicle alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck that the brace sits comfortably without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Clavicle Brace C-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated fastening straps and shoulder pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose all hook-and-loop fasteners before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under medical supervision\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid overtightening to prevent circulation restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, or irritation occurs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult a doctor if symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure correct positioning for effective clavicle alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Clavicle Brace used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt helps stabilise and align the collarbone during fracture recovery, post-operative care, and posture correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it correct rounded shoulders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it supports posture correction by gently pulling the shoulders back into alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the reverse buckle system allows precise adjustment for comfort and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for daily wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the padded breathable design allows comfortable extended use under guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 05\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e EVA foam, PU foam, elastic webbing, hook-and-loop fasteners\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/clavicle-brace-user-manual.pdf?2909\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488306479162,"sku":"C05AAZ-SML-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807496749114,"sku":"C05BAZ-MED-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807496781882,"sku":"C05CAZ-LRG-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807496814650,"sku":"C05DAZ-XL-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":31807496847418,"sku":"C05EAZ-XXL-CLAV-BRC","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_clavicle_brace_with_velcro_Adult_Fracture_C05_4.jpg?v=1626443366"},{"product_id":"c06-pouch-arm-sling-baggy","title":"Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy C06 | Heavy Cast Arm Immobilisation Sling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling (Baggy) is a comfortable orthopaedic support designed to immobilise and support the arm, shoulder, and forearm during injury recovery and rehabilitation. Its baggy design accommodates bulky casts, heavy bandages, and dressings comfortably while evenly distributing arm weight across the shoulder for improved comfort and support during prolonged wear.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaggy arm pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Optimally accommodates bulky casts, heavy dressings, and bandages comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal immobilisation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps stabilise the arm and shoulder to reduce unnecessary movement during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable cushioning\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ethafoam shoulder padding distributes arm weight evenly for improved comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layer PU fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable, wrinkle-resistant, soft-touch construction with plush appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows customised arm positioning and flexible angle adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThumb cradle support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps maintain comfortable thumb positioning and reduces muscle fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy is designed to provide immobilisation, support, and resting stability for the arm and shoulder. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArm fractures with bulky casts or dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eForearm and wrist injury recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative arm immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShoulder and elbow support during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft tissue injury recovery requiring arm support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral arm stabilisation during rest and healing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to provide arm support and immobilisation during injury recovery. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical supervision. NDIS participants and healthcare providers may \n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for support and eligibility enquiries.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the affected arm comfortably inside the pouch sling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition the thumb into the thumb cradle support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust the shoulder strap to achieve the desired arm height and angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the shoulder pad sits comfortably over the shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the buckle and check that the arm is fully supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust positioning for stable yet comfortable immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Pouch Arm Sling Baggy C-06\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEthafoam shoulder pad and thumb cradle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not bleach, iron, or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry flat in shade away from direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if pain, numbness, swelling, or irritation increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure proper arm positioning before tightening straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the sling or straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before concurrent use with other orthopaedic devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper use may reduce effectiveness or delay recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Pouch Arm Sling Baggy used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed to support and immobilise the arm, especially when bulky casts, bandages, or dressings are present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold heavy casts comfortably?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the baggy design is specifically created to comfortably accommodate heavy casts and bulky dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adjustable universal design allows use on both the left and right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable for long-term wear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the cushioned shoulder pad and soft PU bonded fabric improve comfort during prolonged daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 06\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e PU bonded fabric, Ethafoam padding, Cotton sling, Hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Arm_Sling_Product_Manual.pdf?v=1614295268\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488306511930,"sku":"C06AAZ-SML-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807496650810,"sku":"C06BAZ-MED-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807496683578,"sku":"C06CAZ-LRG-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":31807496716346,"sku":"C06DAZ-XL-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":39379117735994,"sku":"C06EAZ-XXL-BAG-ARM-SLG","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/C06-Pouch_Arm_Sling_Baggy_Tyno6_67db9334-5dee-49d4-9c0b-18dc7564e981.jpg?v=1629234724"},{"product_id":"c08-cast-shoe-rocker-sole","title":"Tynor Cast Shoe Rocker Sole C08 | Anti-Slip Fracture Walking Shoe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cast Shoe (Rocker Sole) is a lightweight orthopaedic walking aid designed to protect plaster casts, bulky dressings, and foot bandages during rehabilitation and recovery. Featuring a rocker sole for smoother walking motion, pressure reduction, and improved mobility, it provides a stable, anti-slip walking base while helping protect casts from moisture, dirt, and everyday wear.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRocker sole design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Promotes smoother forward movement and improves walking mobility during recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure reduction support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Helps minimise walking impact and pressure on the injured foot or leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip outsole\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-skid EVA sole improves traction and helps reduce accidental slipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective cast coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shields plaster casts and bulky dressings from moisture, dirt, and wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for comfortable daily use without adding unnecessary walking strain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable hook-and-loop straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provides secure fitting, flexible sizing, and easy application\/removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Tynor Cast Shoe Rocker Sole is designed to provide protection, support, and walking stability for individuals wearing foot or ankle casts and bulky dressings. It may assist in the conservative management and rehabilitation of the following conditions:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFoot or ankle fractures requiring plaster casts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-operative foot and ankle recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulky foot bandages or dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtected walking during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduced-pressure walking support during recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTemporary orthopaedic walking assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is designed to protect casts and improve walking stability during rehabilitation. Always use under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\nUse under medical supervision. Healthcare providers and NDIS participants may \n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for product assistance and eligibility enquiries.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the plastered or bandaged foot carefully into the cast shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the foot comfortably within the sole base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eFasten the front hook-and-loop closures evenly across the foot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the ankle strap using the reverse buckle mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust tightness for secure but comfortable fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck stability before walking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Cast Shoe Rocker Sole C-08\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated adjustable fastening straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean gently with a damp cloth when required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from excessive heat and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash or tumble dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse only under the supervision of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure the cast shoe is slightly longer than the plastered foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove the shoe while resting in bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use if discomfort, instability, or pain increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eImproper fitting may reduce walking stability and effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eUse carefully on wet or slippery surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Cast Shoe Rocker Sole used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed to protect foot casts and bulky dressings while improving walking stability and mobility during recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the rocker sole help?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rocker sole promotes smoother forward movement and helps reduce walking pressure on the injured foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn on either foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the universal design allows use on both the left and right foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it help prevent slipping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the anti-slip EVA outsole improves traction and stability during walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e C 08\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eSizes Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e EVA sole, Nylon mesh upper, Hook-and-loop fasteners\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eCertifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 9001 · ISO 13485 · CE Marked\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies — Registered NDIS Provider\u003cbr\u003e\n  \u003cstrong\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Institutional Orders:\u003c\/strong\u003e \n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n  \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/Cast_Shoe_Rocker_sole_cc.pdf?v=1779176530\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\n  \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488306544698,"sku":"C08ABZ-SML-CST-SHOE","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807496552506,"sku":"C08BBZ-MED-CST-SHOE","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807496585274,"sku":"C08CBZ-LRG-CST-SHOE","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807496618042,"sku":"C08DBZ-XL-CST-SHOE","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Australia_Cast_Shoe_Rocker_Sole_Main.jpg?v=1629295954"},{"product_id":"d17-foot-drop-splint-unisex","title":"Tynor Foot Drop Splint D17 | Leaf Spring Gait Correction AFO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Foot Drop Splint (D-17) is a leaf-spring ankle-foot orthosis (AFO) designed to manage foot drop — where the front of the foot cannot be lifted. Made from strong, durable polypropylene, its semi-rigid shell holds the foot in a neutral position to help stop the toes dragging and promote a more natural stepping motion and improved gait. The thin, sleek construction is designed to be worn inside most shoes, and the contours can be customised by a clinician for a precise fit. Available for the left or right foot in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf spring action\u003c\/strong\u003e — Spring resilience adds bounce and assists toe clearance through the swing phase of walking, helping improve gait.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemi-rigid polypropylene shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firm support and stability while holding the foot in a neutral position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWearable inside the shoe\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thin, sleek construction fits discreetly inside most footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical footplate\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shaped to the foot for even weight distribution and comfortable positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop reverse-buckle straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Calf and ankle straps fasten securely for a snug, aligned fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-customisable contour\u003c\/strong\u003e — The shell can be fine-tuned with a hot air gun (by a clinician) for an individualised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Foot Drop Splint is intended to support and reposition the foot and ankle in the management of foot drop, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot drop (difficulty lifting the front of the foot)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeakness or reduced control of the foot and ankle muscles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeroneal or pretibial nerve or muscle injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot drop associated with neurological or neuromuscular conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle or plantar-flexion contracture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative foot and ankle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssistance with toe clearance during walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a maximum-correction (5\/5) foot-drop orthosis. Selection, fitting and any heat-moulding should be carried out under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. The splint is side-specific — please order the correct left or right foot.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Ensure the straps are firm without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the foot drop splint in an upright position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the affected foot on the footplate, aligning it with the contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the calf strap using the reverse-buckle mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the ankle strap for proper alignment and grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the foot and splint into a shoe — remove the laces or choose a slightly larger shoe for easy placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the laces and walk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Foot Drop Splint (D-17) — left or right foot as ordered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place away from direct heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny heat-moulding or customisation should be performed by a qualified professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Foot Drop Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt helps manage foot drop by holding the foot in a neutral position and assisting toe clearance, supporting a more natural walking pattern, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn inside a shoe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the thin, sleek shell fits inside most footwear; removing the laces or using a slightly larger shoe makes fitting easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it for the left or right foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is side-specific — choose the left or right version to match your affected foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSizing is based on shoe size \/ foot length — check the size chart, and if you are between sizes, choose the larger one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 17\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e CH, S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left or Right foot\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene, Polyamide, Polyester, TPU, Polyoxymethylene, Polyurethane, Polypropylene copolymer\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Correction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D17-Product-manual-D17_D43_Content_Foot_Drop_Splint.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Left Foot","offer_id":31807494520890,"sku":"D17AHA-SML-LFT-FT-DRO","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Right Foot","offer_id":31807494553658,"sku":"D17AHB-SML-RT-FT-DRP","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium- Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Left Foot","offer_id":31807494586426,"sku":"D17BHA-MED-LFT-FT-DRO","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium- Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Right Foot","offer_id":31807494619194,"sku":"D17BHB-MED-RT-FT-DRP","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large- Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Left Foot","offer_id":31807494651962,"sku":"D17CHA-LRG-LFT-FT-DRO","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large-Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Right Foot","offer_id":31807494684730,"sku":"D17CHB-LRG-RT-FT-DRP","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large- Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Left Foot","offer_id":31807494717498,"sku":"D17DBA-XL-LFT-FT-DRO","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Extra Large-Please Check Product Code D43 \/ Right Foot","offer_id":31807494750266,"sku":"D17DBB-XL-RT-FT-DRP","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/foot-drop-splint-with-liner-144513-41.jpg?v=1622981809"},{"product_id":"d23-knee-compression-support","title":"Tynor Knee Cap Comfeel Pair D23 | Premium Breathable Knee Compression","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Knee Cap Comfeel (D-23) is a knitted compression knee support, supplied as a pair, designed to provide mild, uniform compression, warmth and support to the knee. Knitted on three-dimensional circular looms from a four-way-stretch blend, it gives a snug anatomical fit with a soft patellar zone that helps reduce pressure over the kneecap. The breathable airy-knit construction retains body heat while staying light and comfortable for extended daily or active wear, with a simple pull-on application. Available in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomic pull-on design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Knitted to conform to the knee for uniform compression and a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft patellar zone\u003c\/strong\u003e — A reduced-material zone over the kneecap relieves patellar pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigner airy-knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Breathable knit improves ventilation with a sleek, premium look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way stretch fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stretchable spandex blend gives effective compression with full freedom of movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-retaining construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two-layer knit with interwoven air space retains body heat for warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkin-friendly, sleek profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, hypoallergenic knit is slim enough to wear discreetly under clothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Knee Cap Comfeel is intended to provide compression, warmth and support to the knee during activity, daily wear and recovery, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral compression and support for the knee joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnee osteoarthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild muscular weakness around the knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwelling and effusion of the knee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-trauma management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during sports and physical activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable, supportive compression for everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 1 (mild) compression support. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Choose the correct size for effective compression without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the knee cap with the broader end facing upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the sleeve on with a simple pull-on action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the soft patellar zone directly over your kneecap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the sleeve sits smoothly with even compression and no bunching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair (2 knee caps) — Tynor Knee Cap Comfeel (D-23)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWashable and reusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Knee Cap Comfeel used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides mild, uniform compression, warmth and support to the knee during sport, daily activity and recovery, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each pack contains a pair (two knee caps).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it reduce pressure on the kneecap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe soft, reduced-material patellar zone is designed to sit over the kneecap and reduce pressure during wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure the circumference around your mid-thigh, about 15 cm (6\") above the knee, and match it to the size chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 23\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 knee caps)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyisoprene, Polyamide, Cotton, Elastane\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Level 1 (mild compression)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D23-Product-manual-Knee_cap_comfeel.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488307396666,"sku":"D23ABG-SML-KNE-CAP-COMF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807494389818,"sku":"D23BBG-MED-KNE-CAP-COMF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807494422586,"sku":"D23CBG-LRG-KNE-CAP-COMF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807494455354,"sku":"D23DDG-XL-KNE-CAP-COMF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Knee_Cap_Comfeel_Knee_Pain_Support_D25_Australia_2021_1.jpg?v=1635494137"},{"product_id":"d25-ankle-compression-sleeve","title":"Tynor Anklet Comfeel Pair D25 | Premium Breathable Ankle Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Anklet Comfeel (D-25) is a knitted compression ankle support, supplied as a pair, designed to provide mild, uniform compression, warmth and support to the ankle. Woven in three dimensions on jacquard knitting looms, it conforms closely to the anatomy of the ankle, while a soft heel region reduces pressure around the heel. The breathable airy-knit construction keeps the support light and comfortable for daily or active wear, with a simple sock-style pull-on application, and it can be worn on either ankle. Available in sizes S, M, L, XL and XXL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomic pull-on design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Three-dimensional knit conforms to the ankle for uniform compression and a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft heel region\u003c\/strong\u003e — A reduced-material heel zone relieves pressure around the heel and improves comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigner airy-knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Breathable knit improves ventilation with a sleek, premium look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way stretch fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stretchable spandex blend gives effective compression with freedom of movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-retaining, skin-friendly knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Cotton-blend knit is gentle on the skin and helps retain warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleek, low-profile design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Slim enough to wear inside most shoes; bilateral fit for either ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Anklet Comfeel is intended to provide compression, warmth and support to the ankle during activity, daily wear and recovery, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral compression and support for the ankle joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable ankle and recurrent ankle injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle rollovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle osteoarthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative ankle recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during sports and physical activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable, supportive compression for everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 1 (mild) compression support. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Choose the correct size for effective compression without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the anklet with the longer, broader portion facing upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull it on like a sock with a simple pull-on action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the soft heel region around your heel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the sleeve sits smoothly with even compression and no bunching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair (2 anklets) — Tynor Anklet Comfeel (D-25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWashable and reusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Anklet Comfeel used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides mild, uniform compression, warmth and support to the ankle during sport, daily activity and recovery, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each pack contains a pair (two anklets).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the soft heel region do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe reduced-material heel zone sits around the heel to reduce pressure and improve comfort and fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure the circumference about 5 cm (2\") above the inner ankle bone and match it to the size chart (S–XXL).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 25\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 anklets)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyisoprene, Polyamide, Cotton, Elastane\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Level 1 (mild compression)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D25-Product-manual-Anklet_Comfeel.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Pair \/ Small","offer_id":31488549814330,"sku":"D25AAG-SML-ANKL-CMFL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Medium","offer_id":31807494258746,"sku":"D25BAG-MED-ANKL-CMFL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Large","offer_id":31807494291514,"sku":"D25CAG-LRG-ANKL-CMFL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Extra Large","offer_id":31807494324282,"sku":"D25DAG-XL-ANKL-CMFL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ XXL","offer_id":31807494357050,"sku":"D25EAG-XXL-ANKL-CMFL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Ankle_Comfeel_Immobilization_Support_Protection_D25_Tynor_Australia_16.jpg?v=1626542543"},{"product_id":"e03-wrist-forearm-splint-child","title":"Tynor Wrist Forearm Splint E03 Child | Reinforced Wrist Immobilisation Splint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint Child (E-03) is a child-sized reinforced splint designed to firmly immobilise and support a child's wrist and forearm while keeping the fingers and thumb free to move. Removable, customisable aluminium splints sit within a soft, three-layered cushioned fabric to hold the wrist in a comfortable, supportive position, and a single-pull strap with a reverse-buckle closure lets you set the compression precisely. An additional wrist strap adds a strong splinting action for extra stability, while an anatomical thumb opening keeps the thumb comfortable and the fingers free at the palmar crease. Made from durable PU-lined fabric. Available for the left or right hand in a child size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Removable, customisable aluminium splints provide firm wrist immobilisation in the position the clinician sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomised compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — A single-pull strap with a reverse-buckle closure tightens or loosens in one stroke for a precise, controlled fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional wrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — An extra wrist strap adds a strong splinting action for enhanced stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical thumb opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — A built-in opening keeps the thumb comfortable and allows free finger movement at the palmar crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layered cushioned fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — A bonded spacer fabric with an open-celled foam core gives high cushioning and breathable comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; sleek\u003c\/strong\u003e — Low-profile, lightweight build with easy-grip tabs for simple application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint Child is intended to immobilise and support a child's wrist and forearm in a functional position, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist fractures and fracture management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport following early cast removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-tissue and overuse injuries of the wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist support during recovery and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium splints are shaped to set the wrist position. Fitting, shaping and the degree of wrist support should be carried out under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional, and a child should wear the splint under adult supervision.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. An orthopaedic stockinette can be worn underneath for added comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the aluminium splint out of its pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape it to match the contours of the child's wrist and the degree of support required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the customised splint back into its pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the hand into the tubular opening, aligning the top edge with the palmar crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the thumb comfortably in the thumb opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop straps and the additional wrist strap to a comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint Child (E-03)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable, customisable aluminium splint(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional wrist strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the aluminium splint(s) before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA child should wear and use this device under adult supervision\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaping of the aluminium splint should be done as advised by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if the child experiences impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Child Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports a child's wrist and forearm in a functional position — for wrist sprains, fractures and fracture management, early cast-removal support and overuse injuries — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the support be customised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the removable aluminium splints can be shaped to set the wrist position and degree of support; have your clinician fit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich hand does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the left- or right-hand version to suit the wrist you need to support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne child size (CH), available for the left or right hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 03\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Child (CH) — left or right hand\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Polyester, Polypropylene, Polyurethane, Aluminium\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E03-Product-manual-Wrist_and_Forearm_Splint.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Left","offer_id":31488309133370,"sku":"E03IAA-CH-LFT-WRST-FARM","price":26.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right","offer_id":31807494062138,"sku":"E03IAB-CH-RT-WRST-FARM","price":26.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Wrist_Forearm_Splint_Tynor_Australia_Fracture_Child_3.jpg?v=1594900574"},{"product_id":"e05-wrist-brace-with-double-lock","title":"Tynor Wrist Brace Double Lock E05 | Secure Double Lock Wrist Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Double Lock (E-05) is a wrap-around elastic wrist brace that delivers firm, customised compression and support to the wrist. Its standout double hook-and-loop locking system lets you wrap and secure the brace to your preferred tension for a snug, stable fit, while the strong, porous orthopaedic webbing stays breathable and moisture-wicking for comfortable all-day wear. Compressive and supportive, it helps steady the wrist during activity and recovery and retains gentle warmth around the joint. Fits either wrist. Available in sizes S, M and L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wraps around the wrist for customised, controllable compression and a personalised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced wrist support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firm, stabilising support for the wrist joint during movement and activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble lock\u003c\/strong\u003e — A double hook-and-loop locking system secures the brace for a snug, stable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; moisture-wicking\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strong, porous elastic webbing keeps the wrist cool and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-modulus elastic\u003c\/strong\u003e — Durable, high-stretch webbing holds its shape and compression over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy application\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simple to wrap on and take off; fits either wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Brace with Double Lock is intended to provide compression and support to the wrist, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist tendonitis and overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpal tunnel syndrome (wrist support)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild wrist arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective support during sport and exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This brace provides compression and support; it is not a rigid immobiliser. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional. Fasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Choose the correct size for effective support without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop straps and open the brace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the brace around the wrist in your preferred position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the wrap for comfortable, even compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten both hook-and-loop locks for a snug, secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist Brace with Double Lock (E-05)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop straps before washing to protect the webbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Wrist Brace with Double Lock used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides compression and support to the wrist for sprains, strains, tendonitis, carpal tunnel support and during sport, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the \"double lock\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo hook-and-loop straps that wrap and lock the brace at your chosen tension, for a snug, secure and adjustable fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it rigid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — it is a compressive, supportive elastic brace rather than a rigid immobiliser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the size chart (S, M, L) and check with your clinician if you are between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 05\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either wrist\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elasticised orthopaedic webbing with hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E05-Product-manual-Wrist_Brace_with_Double_Lock.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ Small","offer_id":31488309198906,"sku":"E05AAZ-SML-WRST-BR-DLCK","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Medium","offer_id":31807493996602,"sku":"E05BAZ-MED-WRST-BR-DLCK","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Large","offer_id":31807494029370,"sku":"E05CAZ-LRG-WRST-BR-DLCK","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/wrist-brace-with-double-lock-Tynor.jpg?v=1623518632"},{"product_id":"e10-tennis-elbow-support-silicone-pa","title":"Tynor Tennis Elbow Support E10 | Ambidextrous Tennis Elbow Strap","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tennis Elbow Support (E-10) is an adjustable forearm strap that applies targeted compression to the forearm muscles just below the elbow — supporting the tendon attachment during gripping, lifting and racquet sports. A built-in silicone pressure pad concentrates the compression where it's needed, while a reverse-buckle mechanism lets you set and hold the tension precisely. A printed marking scale helps you apply the same, consistent compression each time, and the slim, breathable strap can be worn on either the left or right forearm while you stay active. Available in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbidextrous\u003c\/strong\u003e — Can be worn on either the left or right forearm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse buckle mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — Allows controlled tightening and holds the set tension securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports active movement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Slim, low-profile design supports the forearm while you stay active.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarking scale for guidance\u003c\/strong\u003e — A printed scale helps you apply the same, consistent compression each time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone pressure pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — Concentrates targeted compression on the forearm muscles below the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, freely breathable strap for comfortable wear during activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Tennis Elbow Support is intended to provide targeted compression and support to the forearm and elbow, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTennis elbow (lateral epicondylitis)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGolfer's elbow (medial epicondylitis)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForearm support during racquet sports and golf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepetitive gripping or lifting activities (e.g. manual and industrial work)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForearm overuse and strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position the silicone pad over the forearm muscle bulk about two to three finger-widths below the elbow, not over the bony point of the elbow. For correct placement and tension, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional. Fasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Choose the correct size for effective compression without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the strap around the forearm, two to three finger-widths below the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the silicone pad over the muscle bulk (not over the bony point of the elbow).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the marking scale to set your preferred, consistent tension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the reverse buckle to hold a comfortable, secure compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Tennis Elbow Support (E-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the strap before washing to protect the fastening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the silicone pad over the forearm muscle, not the bony point of the elbow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Tennis Elbow Support used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt applies targeted compression and support to the forearm for tennis elbow (lateral epicondylitis), golfer's elbow (medial epicondylitis) and repetitive gripping activities, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should the strap sit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAround the forearm, two to three finger-widths below the elbow, with the silicone pad over the muscle (not the bony point of the elbow).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it on either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it is ambidextrous and fits either the left or right forearm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the size chart (S, M, L, XL) and check with your clinician if you are between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 10\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either forearm (ambidextrous)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elasticised webbing with a silicone pressure pad and buckle fastening\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E10-Product-manual-Tennis_Elbow_Support.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488309297210,"sku":"E10ACZ-SML-TENIS-ELB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807493898298,"sku":"E10BCZ-MED-TENIS-ELB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807493931066,"sku":"E10CCZ-LRG-TENIS-ELB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807493963834,"sku":"E10DCZ-XL-TENIS-ELB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/tennis-elbow-support-silicone-1.webp?v=1765862378"},{"product_id":"e11-tennis-elbow-support-adjustable","title":"Tynor Elbow Support E11 | Anatomic Elbow Compression Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Elbow Support (E-11) is an anatomically shaped, knitted elbow support that delivers firm, uniform compression, warmth and support to the elbow joint and forearm. Seamlessly woven from a four-way-stretch blend of nylon, spandex and soft cotton, it conforms closely to the elbow with a mellowed, less-material zone over the joint that relieves pressure and allows easy bending. A soft cotton inner layer absorbs moisture for comfortable all-day wear, while an attachable elasticised strap lets you add extra, adjustable compression when needed. Can be worn on either elbow. Available in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomic design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anatomically shaped to conform to the elbow for uniform, effective compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLess material zone\u003c\/strong\u003e — A mellowed, lower-material zone over the elbow relieves pressure and allows easy bending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachable elasticised strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — An additional elasticised strap provides extra, adjustable compression when required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way-stretch fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stretches in every direction for effective compression with a snug, comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBi-layered cotton \u0026amp; nylon knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft cotton inner layer absorbs moisture; a durable nylon outer layer is colourfast and hard-wearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComforting warmth\u003c\/strong\u003e — A two-layered knit with interwoven air space retains gentle body heat around the joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Elbow Support is intended to provide firm compression, warmth and support to the elbow joint and forearm, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirm compression and warmth for the elbow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral support during sports and activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElbow support during rest and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild elbow arthritis and joint stiffness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElbow tendonitis and overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable supportive compression for daily wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This support provides compression and warmth; it is not a rigid brace. For the correct level of support and duration of use, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional. Choose the correct size for effective compression without restricting circulation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. If you are between sizes, selecting the larger size may give a more comfortable fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the support over the hand and forearm and position it over the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the mellowed (less-material) zone over the point of the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth out any wrinkles for even, comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf extra support is needed, fit the attachable elasticised strap to your preferred tension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Elbow Support (E-11)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachable elasticised strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the correct size for effective compression without restricting circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Elbow Support used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides firm compression, warmth and support to the elbow for sport, daily wear, mild arthritis, tendonitis and during rest and recovery, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it rigid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — it is a knitted compression support, not a rigid brace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it on either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it can be worn on either elbow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the size chart (S, M, L, XL); if you are between sizes or near the top of a range, choose the larger size. Check with your clinician if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 11\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either elbow\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon, Spandex (elastane), Cotton\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E11-Product-manual-Elbow_Support.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488309329978,"sku":"E11AAZ-SML-ELBW-SPT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807493668922,"sku":"E11BAZ-MED-ELBW-SPT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807493701690,"sku":"E11CAZ-LRG-ELBW-SPT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807493734458,"sku":"E11DAZ-XL-ELBW-SPT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Elbow_Support_Compression_Tennis_Elbow_Pain_Relief_Tynor_Australia_2.jpg?v=1611924502"},{"product_id":"e44-wrist-splint-with-thumb-spica","title":"Tynor Wrist Splint with Thumb E44 | Lace-Pull Wrist Thumb Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Splint with Thumb (E-44) is a long, rigid wrist-and-thumb splint that firmly immobilises and supports the wrist and thumb while leaving the fingers free to move. Removable, anatomically shaped double aluminium splints can be customised (shaped) to set the degree of wrist and thumb support, and an extended thumb cradle protects and positions the thumb. A lace-pull design with Velcro fasteners and a reverse-buckle mechanism gives an intimate, customised compression and controlled tightening. Its ambidextrous design fits both the left and right hand, and the long, PU-lined, cushioned construction supports the forearm while abutting the palmar crease for free finger movement. Available in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Removable, anatomically shaped double aluminium splints firmly immobilise and support the wrist and thumb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both left and right hand\u003c\/strong\u003e — A single ambidextrous design fits either hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLace-pull mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lace design with reverse-buckle Velcro fasteners gives an intimate, customised compression and controlled tightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended thumb cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e — Protects and positions the thumb for comfortable, supportive immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong length\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extended forearm coverage for added stabilisation; abuts the palmar crease for free finger movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; cushioned\u003c\/strong\u003e — A three-layered fabric with an open-celled foam core and PU-lined finish for comfortable, durable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist Splint with Thumb is intended to immobilise and support the wrist and thumb in a functional position, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist and thumb sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-tissue injuries of the wrist and thumb (conservative or post-operative)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpal tunnel syndrome (wrist support)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist tendonitis and overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThumb (CMC) joint support and mild thumb arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructured support during rest, rehabilitation and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium splints are shaped to set the wrist and thumb position and degree of support. Fitting and shaping should be carried out under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. An orthopaedic stockinette can be worn underneath for added comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape the removable aluminium splints to the wrist and thumb and the degree of support required (as advised by your clinician).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the hand into the splint, positioning the thumb in the thumb cradle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the lace-pull to draw the splint to an intimate, comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the Velcro reverse-buckle straps for controlled, secure compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist Splint with Thumb (E-44)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable, customisable aluminium splints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the aluminium splints before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaping of the aluminium splints should be done as advised by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Wrist Splint with Thumb used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports the wrist and thumb in a functional position — for wrist and thumb sprains, carpal tunnel support, tendonitis, thumb joint support and during recovery — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it support the thumb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — an extended thumb cradle protects and positions the thumb (thumb spica).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the ambidextrous design fits both the left and right hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the size chart (S, M, L, XL) and check with your clinician if you are between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 44\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either hand (ambidextrous)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium splints, three-layered bonded fabric with open-celled foam, nylon, PU-lined fabric, with hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E44-Product-manual-Wrist_Splint_with_Thumb.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488309395514,"sku":"E44ABZ-SML-WRST-SPLT-THMB","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807493472314,"sku":"E44BBZ-MED-WRST-SPLT-THMB","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807493505082,"sku":"E44CBZ-LRG-WRST-SPLT-THMB","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807493537850,"sku":"E44DBZ-XL-WRST-SPLT-THMB","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Wrist_Splint_With_Thumb_Spica_Carpal_Tunnel_Australia_Syndrome_Bursitis_Tynor_1.jpg?v=1611942569"},{"product_id":"e46-rom-range-of-motion-elbow-brace","title":"Tynor ROM Elbow Brace E46 | Range of Motion Elbow Control Brace","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor ROM Elbow Brace (E-46) is a hinged range-of-motion brace that provides structured stabilisation and adjustable, controlled support to the elbow joint during recovery. A dial-controlled, single-action locking hinge lets a clinician fix the elbow at a set angle or allow controlled movement between two chosen angles, while a lightweight aluminium frame, semi-flexible polymer cuffs and 3D moulded cushion pads keep it comfortable and secure. Both the upper-arm and forearm sections adjust independently in length (lift-and-slide) for a precise fit. One universal size; available for the left or right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixation at any angle\u003c\/strong\u003e — The dial-controlled, single-action locking hinge fixes the elbow at a set angle for immobilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControlled motion between any two angles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Set minimum and maximum limits to allow safe, controlled range of motion during rehabilitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable length (lift \u0026amp; slide)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The bicep and forearm sections adjust independently for a precise, customised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — High-tensile aluminium gives durable support without added bulk (360 g).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3D cushioned, neoprene-lined cuffs\u003c\/strong\u003e — Semi-flexible polymer cuffs with 3D moulded pads and a neoprene lining for comfortable, secure wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal size\u003c\/strong\u003e — One universal size; choose the left- or right-arm version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor ROM Elbow Brace is intended to stabilise the elbow and provide adjustable, controlled range-of-motion support, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative elbow support (e.g. following ligament repair or fracture fixation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled, progressive mobilisation during rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElbow fracture support and management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElbow stiffness and contracture management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructured support during rest or controlled activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e The locking angles and permitted range of motion should be set by a qualified healthcare professional. Do not adjust the settings yourself unless advised, and avoid excessive force on the locking mechanism.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse strictly under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the left- or right-arm version and adjust the bicep and forearm lengths (lift-and-slide) for a precise fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the brace along the arm with the hinge centred at the elbow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the cuffs with the straps for a comfortable, firm fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the locking angle or range-of-motion limits using the dial, as directed by your clinician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor ROM Elbow Brace (E-46)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame and pads with a damp cloth and mild soap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely before reuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash, tumble dry, iron or dry-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore away from direct heat and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse strictly under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking angles and range-of-motion limits should be set by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive force on the locking mechanism, as it may cause damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ROM Elbow Brace used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt stabilises the elbow and lets a clinician fix it at a set angle or permit controlled motion between two angles — for post-operative support, fracture management and controlled rehabilitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the range-of-motion control work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA dial-controlled locking hinge sets the permitted flexion\/extension limits or locks the elbow at a fixed angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne universal size is available in a left-arm and a right-arm version — choose the side you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the length be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the bicep and forearm sections adjust independently (lift-and-slide) for a precise fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 46\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal (left-arm and right-arm versions)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Polypropylene, Steel, Neoprene, Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall length 36 cm; below elbow 19 cm; above elbow 16 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360 g\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E46-Product-manual-R.O.M._Elbow_Brace.pdf?v=1780530334\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Left Arm \/ Universal","offer_id":31488309428282,"sku":"E46UCA-UNI-LEFT-ROM-ELBW","price":184.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right Arm \/ Universal","offer_id":31807493439546,"sku":"E46UCB-UNI-RIGHT-ROM-ELBW","price":184.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/ROM_Elbow_Brace_with_Sling_Range_of_Motion_Tynor_Australia_MAIN.jpg?v=1627241642"},{"product_id":"f03-finger-extension-splint","title":"Tynor Finger Extension Splint F03 | Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Finger Extension Splint (F-03) is a lightweight aluminium splint designed to immobilise, support and protect an injured finger while helping to maintain correct alignment during recovery. Made from a malleable, foam-lined aluminium body in an ergonomic U-shape, it can be bent — or even trimmed — to match the contours of the finger for a custom fit. A soft, hypoallergenic Ethafoam lining cushions the finger, while inbuilt hook-and-loop straps hold the splint securely and make it easy to put on and take off. Lightweight, compact and well ventilated, it fits either hand. Available in sizes S, M and L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium body\u003c\/strong\u003e — A lightweight yet sturdy aluminium body delivers strong immobilisation and support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEthafoam padding\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, hypoallergenic foam lining provides high cushioning and comfortable wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; compact\u003c\/strong\u003e — Light, low-profile and well ventilated for comfortable everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMalleable \u0026amp; customisable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Can be bent, shaped or trimmed to suit the individual finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic U-shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — A U-shaped design supports the finger securely and makes the splint easy to apply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop closures\u003c\/strong\u003e — Inbuilt fasteners give a close, secure grip and easy on-and-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Finger Extension Splint is intended to immobilise, support and protect the finger and help maintain alignment during recovery, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetacarpophalangeal (knuckle) fractures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger tendon injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinger deformity support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-surgical finger care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a Level 4\/5 immobilisation splint. Fitting, shaping and duration of use should follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Any bending or trimming to fit should be done as advised by your clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfasten the hook-and-loop closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the splint on the injured finger, with the longer section sitting over the palm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fit and shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf needed, remove and customise (bend or trim) the splint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReposition the splint on the finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop closures for a snug, comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Finger Extension Splint (F-03)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny bending or trimming to fit should be done as advised by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Finger Extension Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports an injured finger — for example after a fracture, tendon injury or surgery, or for trigger finger or finger arthritis — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the malleable aluminium body can be bent, shaped and even trimmed to fit the finger; ask your clinician to help with fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it can be worn on either hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSizing is by finger length: S 3.8–5.1 cm (1.5–2 in), M 5.1–7.6 cm (2–3 in), L 7.6–10.2 cm (3–4 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e F 03\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L (by finger length — S: 3.8–5.1 cm, M: 5.1–7.6 cm, L: 7.6–10.2 cm)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either hand\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium, Polyethylene foam (Ethafoam), Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Immobilisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/F03-Product-manual-Finger_Ext._Splint.pdf?v=1780530396\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488309461050,"sku":"F03ADZ-SML-FNGR-EXT-SPLT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807493374010,"sku":"F03BDZ-MED-FNGR-EXT-SPLT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807493406778,"sku":"F03CDZ-LRG-FNGR-EXT-SPLT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Finger_Extension_Splint_Injured_Finger_Fracture_Joint_Immobilization_2.jpg?v=1595516350"},{"product_id":"wrist-ankle-weight-cuff","title":"Tynor Weight Cuff | Wrist Ankle Resistance Weight Cuff","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Ankle \u0026amp; Wrist Weight Cuff (H-01 \/ H-02 \/ H-03) is an adjustable, wearable weight designed for resistance exercise and physiotherapy programs. Worn on the wrist or ankle, it adds graded resistance to help build muscle strength, muscle tone and stamina during strengthening and conditioning exercises. Filled with high-density, low-friction steel balls, it's compact and comfortable, with a four-way-stretch neoprene body and a long, double hook-and-loop closure that holds it snugly so it won't slip or slide during even strenuous exercise. Available in three weights — 0.5 kg, 1 kg and 2 kg — and supplied as a single cuff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrengthens muscles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adds graded resistance to help build muscle strength, tone and stamina during load-resisting exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel-ball filling\u003c\/strong\u003e — Filled with high-density, low-friction steel balls for precise weight in a compact, comfortable, soft-feel design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wraps easily around the wrist or ankle for quick, simple application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure double closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — A long, double hook-and-loop closure holds the cuff snugly so it won't slip or slide during exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist or ankle use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Can be worn on either the wrist or ankle for upper- or lower-limb exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable, comfortable fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from four-way-stretch neoprene with a strong nylon outer for comfort, durability and colour-fastness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Weight Cuff is intended to add resistance for strengthening and conditioning exercises, as part of a fitness or physiotherapy program guided by a qualified professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGraded resistance exercises for the upper and lower limbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding muscle strength, tone and stamina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysiotherapy and rehabilitation exercise programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving flexibility and range of motion through exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditioning for aerobics, athletes and general fitness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start with a lighter weight and build up gradually. Fasten the cuff snugly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation, and stop if you feel pain, numbness or pins and needles. If you're using weights as part of rehabilitation or have any health concerns, check with your doctor or physiotherapist first.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse as part of an exercise or physiotherapy program guided by a qualified healthcare professional or physiotherapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose an appropriate weight for your exercise and ability (start light).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the cuff around your wrist or ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the double hook-and-loop closure snugly, without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerform your exercises as guided by your healthcare professional or trainer, and remove afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Weight Cuff (single cuff)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop closure before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean or hand wash gently with mild detergent; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron, bleach or machine wash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as part of an exercise program guided by a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild up weight and repetitions gradually to avoid strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten snugly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper use may reduce effectiveness or cause injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Weight Cuff used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt adds resistance for strengthening and conditioning exercises, worn on the wrist or ankle, as part of a fitness or physiotherapy program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weights are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThree: 0.5 kg (H-01), 1 kg (H-02) and 2 kg (H-03).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — each box contains a single cuff. For a pair, order two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it on my wrist and ankle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it can be worn on either the wrist or ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Codes:\u003c\/strong\u003e H 01 (0.5 kg), H 02 (1 kg), H 03 (2 kg)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeights:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 kg, 1 kg, 2 kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single cuff (order two for a pair)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wrist or ankle\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-way-stretch neoprene with nylon outer, steel-ball\/pellet filling, hook-and-loop closure\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/H01-Product-manual-H01_H02_Content_H_03_Weight_Cuff.pdf?v=1780530099\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"500 GM","offer_id":31488309526586,"sku":"H01UBZ-500GRM-WHT-CUFF","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 KG","offer_id":31807493308474,"sku":"H02UBZ-1KG-WHT-CUFF","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 KG","offer_id":31807493341242,"sku":"H03UBZ-2KG-WHT-CUFF","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/TynorWeightCuff_300x_4bba82e8-4837-4263-b8d5-37ec30817264.jpg?v=1633529245"},{"product_id":"j05-knee-wrap-neoprene","title":"Tynor Knee Wrap Neoprene J05 | Open Patella Neoprene Knee Wrap","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Knee Wrap (Neoprene) (J-05) is a wrap-around neoprene knee support with an anterior (open) patella design that delivers firm, customised compression, warmth and support to the knee. Its open, wrap-around design makes it easy to put on and suits a wide range of body types and sizes, while a triple hook-and-loop closing system lets you set the compression precisely. An anterior patellar opening with a silicone buttress cushions and helps position the kneecap, and the three-layered, four-way-stretch neoprene moulds to the knee and retains gentle warmth. Available in two sizes: Regular and Plus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStretchable fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — Four-way-stretch neoprene-bonded nylon delivers optimal, comfortable compression in any knee position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatellar opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — An anterior patellar opening with a silicone buttress cushions and helps hold the kneecap in position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around design\u003c\/strong\u003e — An anterior opening design makes the wrap easy to put on and take off, and suits diverse body types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriple hook-and-loop closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — A three-strap closing system gives an adjustable, secure grip and customised compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomised compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wrap-around fastening allows a personalised fit not possible with pull-on (tubular) supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComforting warmth\u003c\/strong\u003e — Neoprene retains gentle body heat for soothing warmth around the knee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Knee Wrap is intended to provide compression, warmth and support to the knee and patellar region, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral knee and patellar support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for daily activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild knee osteoarthritis and arthritis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnee sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnee tendonitis and overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive warmth and compression during activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position the patellar opening over the kneecap and fasten the straps to a comfortable compression — firm but not so tight that it restricts circulation. As this product is worn against the skin, please confirm your size carefully before ordering.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Choose the correct size for effective support without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the hook-and-loop straps and place the wrap around the knee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the patellar opening over the kneecap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the sides around the knee for even, comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the triple hook-and-loop straps to a secure, comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Knee Wrap (Neoprene) (J-05)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop straps before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Knee Wrap used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides compression, warmth and support to the knee and patellar region — for general knee support, daily activities, mild arthritis, sprains and strains — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it different from a pull-on knee support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe wrap-around (open) design is easy to put on, suits more body types and allows customised compression that pull-on supports can't.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the patellar opening for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe anterior opening and silicone buttress cushion the kneecap and help hold it in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo sizes: Regular and Plus. Use the size chart and check with your clinician if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 05\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular, Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene, Nylon (Polyamide), Silicone, with hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/J05-Product-manual-Knee_Wrap_Neoprene.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Regular","offer_id":31488311132218,"sku":"J05UAZ-UNI-KNE-WRP-NEO","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plus","offer_id":31807492653114,"sku":"J05UEZ-SPL-KNE-WRP-NEO","price":74.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Knee_Wrap_Neoprene_Tendonitis_Osteoarthritis_Rheumatoid_Australia_4.jpg?v=1611349237"},{"product_id":"j14-shoulder-support-neoprene","title":"Tynor Shoulder Support Neoprene J14 | Heat Retention Shoulder Compression","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Shoulder Support (Neoprene) (J-14) is a wrap-around neoprene shoulder support that provides comfortable compression, warmth and stabilisation to the shoulder joint and upper arm. Anatomically contoured for a close, comfortable fit, it applies uniform, controlled compression while the four-way-stretch neoprene retains gentle warmth and keeps the shoulder supported and flexible. A thumb opening anchors the support and allows full arm movement, and an adjustable UBL (hook-and-loop) closure lets you set the compression. Slim enough to wear under clothing, it can be flipped to fit either the left or right shoulder. Available in two sizes: Regular and Plus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical contoured design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anatomically shaped to apply uniform compression for a close, comfortable fit around the shoulder and upper arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControlled compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — An adjustable UBL (hook-and-loop) closure lets you set personalised, controlled compression for optimal shoulder support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal heat retention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Four-way-stretch neoprene retains body heat for comforting warmth around the shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits both shoulders\u003c\/strong\u003e — Simply flip the support to wear it on either the left or right arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThumb opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — A thumb opening anchors the support and allows full arm movement and dexterity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWear under clothing\u003c\/strong\u003e — Slim, sleek and comfortable enough to wear under clothes through the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Shoulder Support is intended to provide compression, warmth and stabilisation to the shoulder joint and upper arm, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral shoulder support and stabilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoulder stiffness, strain or general discomfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor shoulder sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotator cuff support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild shoulder arthritis (supportive warmth and compression)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during daily activities and physical training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during structured recovery periods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fasten the adjustable closure for a comfortable, controlled compression — firm but not so tight that it restricts circulation. Don't leave the hook section of the fastener exposed against the skin. For the correct level of support, follow the advice of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the correct shoulder by flipping the support to suit the left or right arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the arm through the bicep cuff and position the support over the shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring the strap across the shoulder and chest and fasten the closures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the compression for a comfortable, secure fit without restricting circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Shoulder Support (Neoprene) (J-14)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bathe or shower while wearing the support (it reduces elasticity and compression)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the hook-and-loop straps before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten firmly but not so tightly that it restricts circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDon't leave the hook section of the fastener exposed against the skin, to avoid irritation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shoulder Support used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides compression, warmth and stabilisation to the shoulder — for stiffness, minor sprains and strains, rotator cuff support and mild arthritis — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit either shoulder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — flip the support to wear it on the left or right arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it under clothing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it is slim and sleek enough to wear under clothes through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo sizes: Regular and Plus. Check the size chart and your clinician's advice for the best fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e J 14\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular, Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Either shoulder (reversible)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene, Nylon (Polyamide), with hook-and-loop closures\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (unstretched, over shoulder \u0026amp; chest):\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular — 740 mm; Plus — 890 mm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/J14-Product-manual-Shoulder_Support_Neoprene.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Regular","offer_id":31488311394362,"sku":"J14UGZ-UNI-SHLDR-SPRT-NEO","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plus","offer_id":31807492587578,"sku":"J14EGZ-SPL-SHLDR-SPRT-NEO","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Shoulder_Support_Tynor_Australia_Rotator_Cuff_Injury_1.jpg?v=1668992207"},{"product_id":"k01-insole-full-silicone-pair","title":"Tynor Full Silicone Insole K01 | Anatomical Gel Cushion Insole Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Full Silicone Insole (K-01) is a full-length, medical-grade silicone insole — supplied as a pair — designed for superior cushioning and comfort underfoot. Anatomically shaped to match the foot and support the plantar arch, it distributes pressure evenly across the foot and helps absorb shock and load through the feet, knees and spine. Super-soft relief zones cushion key high-pressure areas at the heel and the ball of the foot, while the hypoallergenic, odourless, easy-to-clean silicone has a matte, non-slip surface and slips easily into most shoes. Available in sizes S, M, L and XL (one pair).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-grade silicone\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medical-grade silicone with a high cushioning coefficient for optimal, long-lasting cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shaped to match the foot and support the plantar arch for even weight distribution and a comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft gel relief zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — Super-soft zones relieve pressure at key points — the heel (calcaneus) and the ball of the foot (metatarsal area).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShock absorption\u003c\/strong\u003e — Excellent shock absorption and energy return reduce impact and load on the feet, knees and spine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHypoallergenic \u0026amp; easy to clean\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-porous, odourless and non-absorbent, so it's easy to wipe clean and maintain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim, grippy fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — An optimal thickness with a matte, non-slip surface for effective cushioning that still fits easily into shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Full Silicone Insole is intended to cushion and support the feet and distribute pressure evenly, for everyday comfort and supportive use as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday foot cushioning and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEven pressure distribution across the foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushioning and support for high-pressure areas (heel and ball of the foot)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for the plantar arch and foot alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushioning support during standing, walking and activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded comfort for people on their feet for long periods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you have diabetes, reduced foot sensation, circulation problems or a foot condition, check with your doctor or podiatrist before use. Check your feet regularly for any pressure marks.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional or podiatrist, who can confirm the insole is suitable for your feet and footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the size that matches your shoe size (see the size chart).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove any existing insole from the shoe if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the silicone insole into the shoe, matte side up, heel to the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fit feels even and comfortable before wearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair × Tynor Full Silicone Insole (K-01)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with mild soap and water; it's non-porous and easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely before reuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash, iron or expose to direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore flat, away from direct heat and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you have diabetes, reduced foot sensation, circulation problems or a foot condition, check with your doctor or podiatrist before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake care on slippery surfaces when handling the insole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Full Silicone Insole used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt cushions and supports the feet, distributes pressure evenly and absorbs shock — for everyday comfort and supportive use, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — each pack contains one pair of insoles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has an optimal thickness and slips into most shoes; choose your size using the size chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep it clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with mild soap and water; the non-porous silicone is easy to clean and odourless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e K 01\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL (supplied as a pair)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medical-grade silicone\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/K01-Product-manual-Insole_Full_Silicone_Pair.pdf?v=1780530012\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"SML","offer_id":31488311558202,"sku":"K01AHZ-SML-INSOLE-FUL","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MED","offer_id":31807492456506,"sku":"K01BHZ-MED-INSOLE-FUL","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"LRG","offer_id":31807492489274,"sku":"K01CHZ-LRG-INSOLE-FUL","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":31807492522042,"sku":"K01DHZ-XL-INSOLE-FUL","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/1-100-1024x1024_c3e46cd8-f8ed-4632-8896-10d27bfdd6cf.jpg?v=1590257980"},{"product_id":"k04-toe-separator-silicone-pair-unisex","title":"Tynor Toe Separator Silicone Pair K04 | Anatomical Toe Spacer Gel Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Toe Separator Silicone (K-04) is an anatomically shaped, medical-grade silicone toe separator — supplied as a pair — designed to gently separate, cushion and position the toes. It sits comfortably between the toes to hold the big toe in a more natural position and reduce friction and chafing between overlapping, pinched or crooked toes. Made from soft, durable, transparent silicone with a high cushioning coefficient, it's gentle on the skin, odourless, non-porous and easy to clean, and is slim enough to wear inside most shoes. Available in sizes S, M and L (one pair).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shaped to sit comfortably between the toes for a snug, natural fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft, durable silicone gel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medical-grade silicone with a high cushioning coefficient for soft, long-lasting cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeparates and positions toes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Gently holds the big toe in position and helps separate crowded, overlapping or pinched toes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduces friction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Cushions the gaps between toes to reduce friction and chafing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGentle on skin\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, non-toxic, odourless silicone that's kind to the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to wear and clean\u003c\/strong\u003e — Non-porous and washable, with a sleek profile that fits inside most shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Toe Separator is intended to gently separate, cushion and position the toes, for everyday comfort and supportive use as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparating overlapping, pinched or crooked toes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding the big toe in a more natural position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReducing friction and chafing between the toes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday toe comfort and cushioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive use during recovery, as directed by a healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you have diabetes, reduced foot sensation, circulation problems or a foot condition (such as a bunion), check with your doctor or podiatrist before use. Check your toes and skin regularly for any pressure marks or irritation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional or podiatrist, who can confirm the toe separator is suitable for your feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the size that suits your toes (see the size chart).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently ease the separator between the toes, with the big toe in the larger section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure it sits comfortably without pinching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear inside roomy, comfortable footwear, or as advised by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair × Tynor Toe Separator Silicone (K-04)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with mild soap and water; it's non-porous and easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air dry completely before reuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash, iron or expose to direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore flat, away from direct heat and sharp objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as advised by a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you have diabetes, reduced foot sensation, circulation problems or a foot condition, check with your doctor or podiatrist before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if discomfort persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce wear gradually to let your toes adjust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Toe Separator used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt gently separates, cushions and positions the toes — holding the big toe in a more natural position and reducing friction between overlapping or pinched toes — for everyday comfort, as advised by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — each pack contains one pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear it with shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — it is slim and sleek enough to wear inside most roomy shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThree sizes: Small, Medium and Large. Check the size chart to choose your fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e K 04\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L (supplied as a pair)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small 1.45 × 6.5 cm; Medium 1.7 × 6.7 cm; Large 1.8 × 7 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medical-grade silicone\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/K04-Product-manual-Toe_Seperator.pdf?v=1780530099\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31488311590970,"sku":"K04AHZ-SML-TOE-SPRT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807492390970,"sku":"K04BHZ-MED-TOE-SPRT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807492423738,"sku":"K04CHZ-LRG-TOE-SPRT","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/Tynor_Toe_Separator_Silicone_Bunion_3.jpg?v=1595062681"},{"product_id":"i16-compression-stocking-below-knee-classic-pair","title":"Tynor Compression Stocking Below Knee I16 | Graduated Knee-High Compression","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Below Knee Classic (I-16) is a knee-high graduated compression stocking that provides graduated compression — strongest at the ankle and easing gradually up to below the knee — to support the legs and help manage swelling and tired, aching legs. Made from a soft, durable nylon-and-spandex knit with a tapered shape, four-way stretch, a closed heel and an open toe, it is comfortable for daily wear and easy to put on and care for. Available in sizes S to XXL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduated compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strongest at the ankle and gradually easing up to below the knee for effective venous support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniform, tapered fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — A tapered shape delivers smooth, uniform compression and a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to wear\u003c\/strong\u003e — Comfortable to put on, washable, with a long functional life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-way-stretch knit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Strong, durable, highly stretchable knit for effective compression and a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; skin-friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Soft, dermophilic, freely breathable nylon-spandex yarn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed heel \u0026amp; open toe\u003c\/strong\u003e — Comfortable at the heel with an open toe for a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Compression Stocking Below Knee is intended to provide graduated compression and venous support to the legs, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral leg comfort and support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTired, aching or fatigued legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during periods of leg swelling (oedema)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild varicose veins and spider veins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport during long periods of sitting or standing, including long-haul travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVenous support during increased leg strain (under medical advice)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the correct size by measuring as shown in the size chart — a correct fit is essential for effective, comfortable graduated compression. If you have diabetes, circulation problems, reduced skin sensation or any vascular condition, check with your doctor before use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional, who can confirm the correct compression level, size and wear time (including whether to wear it while sleeping) for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the stocking on first thing in the morning, when swelling is lowest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the stocking inside out down to the heel, then ease the foot in and pull up to the ankle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnroll the stocking up the leg to just below the knee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth out any wrinkles from the bottom upward for even compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:0.9em;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eTip: let leg lotion dry before putting the stocking on; a little powder or rubber dishwashing gloves can help it slide on and sit smoothly.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTynor Compression Stocking Below Knee Classic (I-16)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you use leg lotion, let it dry before putting the stocking on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA correct size and fit are essential; measure as shown in the size chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you have diabetes, circulation problems, reduced skin sensation or a vascular condition, check with your doctor before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience numbness, tingling, skin discolouration, increased swelling, or if discomfort or symptoms persist or worsen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may reduce effectiveness or cause adverse effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is graduated compression?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCompression that is strongest at the ankle and gradually eases up the leg, supporting venous return and helping manage swelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I wear it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFollow your healthcare professional's advice on wear time, including whether to wear it while sleeping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I put it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFirst thing in the morning, when leg swelling is at its lowest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeasure your leg as shown in the size chart (S–XXL) and check with your healthcare professional, especially if between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e I 16\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL, XXL\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Below knee (knee-high)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompression:\u003c\/strong\u003e Graduated (strongest at the ankle)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon (Polyamide), Spandex (Elastane)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/I16-Product-manual-Compression_Stockings_Below_Knee_Classic.pdf?v=1780530013\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":31772939452474,"sku":"I16AAG-SML-KNEE-COMP-STOK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium","offer_id":31807491964986,"sku":"I16BAG-MED-KNEE-COMP-STOK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":31807491997754,"sku":"I16CAG-LRG-KNEE-COMP-STOK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":31807492030522,"sku":"I16DAG-XL-KNEE-COMP-STOK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XXL","offer_id":32174283456570,"sku":"I16EAG-XXL-KNEE-COMP-STOK","price":49.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/compression-stocking-below-knee-classic-pair.jpg?v=1627153786"},{"product_id":"d43-foot-drop-splint-with-liner","title":"Tynor Foot Drop Splint with Liner D43 | Lined AFO Gait Correction","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Foot Drop Splint with Liner (D-43) is a leaf-spring ankle-foot orthosis (AFO) with an added comfort liner, designed to manage foot drop — where the front of the foot cannot be lifted. The semi-rigid polypropylene shell holds the foot in a neutral position to help stop the toes dragging and assist toe clearance during the swing phase of walking, while the soft, air-cushioned liner provides a gentle interface against the skin for extended wear. Thin and lightweight, it is designed to be worn inside most shoes, and the contours can be customised by a clinician for a precise fit. Available for the left or right foot in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf spring action\u003c\/strong\u003e — Spring resilience adds bounce and assists toe clearance through the swing phase, helping improve gait.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemi-rigid polypropylene shell\u003c\/strong\u003e — Firm support and stability while holding the foot in a neutral position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfort liner\u003c\/strong\u003e — A soft, air-cushioned, latex-free liner gives a gentle skin interface and enhanced in-shoe comfort for extended wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWearable inside the shoe\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thin, lightweight construction fits discreetly inside most footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical footplate\u003c\/strong\u003e — Shaped for even weight distribution and comfortable positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree reverse-buckle straps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Circumferential hook-and-loop straps fasten securely for an easily adjustable, snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Foot Drop Splint with Liner is intended to support and reposition the foot and ankle in the management of foot drop, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot drop (difficulty lifting the front of the foot)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeakness or reduced control of the foot and ankle muscles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeroneal or pretibial nerve or muscle injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot drop associated with neurological or neuromuscular conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle or plantar-flexion contracture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-operative foot and ankle support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssistance with toe clearance during walking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a maximum-correction (5\/5) foot-drop orthosis. Selection, fitting and any customisation should be carried out under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. The splint is side-specific — please order the correct left or right foot.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. Ensure the straps are firm without restricting circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the foot drop splint in an upright position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the affected foot on the footplate, aligning it with the contours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the calf strap using the reverse-buckle mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the ankle strap for proper alignment and grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the foot and splint into a shoe — remove the laces or choose a slightly larger shoe for easy placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the laces and walk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Foot Drop Splint with Liner (D-43) — left or right foot, as ordered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a moist, lint-free cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a dry place away from direct heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny heat-moulding, trimming or customisation should be performed by a qualified professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt helps manage foot drop by holding the foot in a neutral position and assisting toe clearance, supporting a more natural walking pattern, as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the liner add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe soft, air-cushioned liner sits between the shell and the skin for a gentler, more comfortable fit during longer wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it for the left or right foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is side-specific — choose the version that matches your affected foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSizing is based on shoe size \/ foot length — check the size chart, and if you are between sizes, choose the larger one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e D 43\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL (a child size is available as a separate product)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left or Right foot\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene, Polyamide, Polyester, TPU, Polyoxymethylene, Polyurethane, Polypropylene copolymer (with comfort liner)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel of Correction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/D17-Product-manual-D17_D43_Content_Foot_Drop_Splint.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Small \/ Left Foot","offer_id":32173912326202,"sku":"D43ABA-SML-LFT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small \/ Right Foot","offer_id":32173912358970,"sku":"D43ABB-SML-RT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium \/ Left Foot","offer_id":32173912391738,"sku":"D43BBA-MED-LFT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium \/ Right Foot","offer_id":32173912424506,"sku":"D43BBB-MED-RT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large \/ Left Foot","offer_id":32173912457274,"sku":"D43CBA-LRG-LFT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large \/ Right Foot","offer_id":32173912490042,"sku":"D43CBB-LRG-RT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large \/ Left Foot","offer_id":32173912522810,"sku":"D43-XL-LFT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Large \/ Right Foot","offer_id":32173912555578,"sku":"D43OJAC-XL-RT-LINR-FT-DRP","price":114.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/foot-drop-splint-with-liner-209775-31.jpg?v=1626530900"},{"product_id":"e03-wrist-forearm-splint","title":"Tynor Wrist Forearm Splint E03 | Reinforced Wrist Immobilisation Splint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint (E-03) is a reinforced splint designed to firmly immobilise and support the wrist and forearm while keeping the fingers and thumb free to move. Removable, customisable aluminium splints sit within a soft, three-layered cushioned fabric to hold the wrist in a comfortable, supportive position, and a single-pull strap with a reverse-buckle closure lets you set the compression precisely. An additional wrist strap adds a strong splinting action for extra stability, while an anatomical thumb opening keeps the thumb relaxed and the fingers free at the palmar crease. Made from durable PU-lined fabric. Available for the left or right hand in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid splint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Removable, customisable aluminium splints provide firm wrist immobilisation in the position your clinician sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomised compression\u003c\/strong\u003e — A single-pull strap with a reverse-buckle closure tightens or loosens in one stroke for a precise, controlled fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional wrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e — An extra wrist strap adds a strong splinting action for enhanced stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomical thumb opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — A built-in thumb opening keeps the thumb relaxed and allows free finger movement at the palmar crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layered cushioned fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e — A bonded spacer fabric with an open-celled foam core gives high cushioning and breathable comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; sleek\u003c\/strong\u003e — Low-profile build with easy-grip tabs for simple application and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tynor Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint is intended to immobilise and support the wrist and forearm in a functional position, under the direction of a qualified healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist sprains and strains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-tissue injuries of the wrist (conservative or post-operative)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollowing extensor tendon repair surgery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpal tunnel syndrome (wrist support)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist tendonitis and related overuse conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist support during rest and rehabilitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"padding:10px 14px; background:#fff8e6; border:1px solid #f0c050; border-radius:3px; font-size:0.9em; color:#5a4000;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eⓘ Important:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium splints are shaped to set the wrist position. Fitting, shaping and the degree of wrist support should be carried out under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse under the strict guidance of a qualified healthcare professional. An orthopaedic stockinette can be worn underneath for added comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the aluminium splint out of its pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape it to match the contours of the wrist and the degree of support required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the customised splint back into its pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the hand into the tubular opening, aligning the top edge with the palmar crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the thumb comfortably in the thumb opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the hook-and-loop straps and the additional wrist strap to a comfortable compression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Tynor Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint (E-03)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable, customisable aluminium splint(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional wrist strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eProduct Care\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the aluminium splint(s) before washing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash with mild detergent in water below 30°C; do not wring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flat in the shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dry-clean, iron or bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eImportant Cautions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only under the guidance of a qualified healthcare professional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaping of the aluminium splint should be done as advised by your clinician\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscontinue use and seek medical advice if you experience impaired sensation, reduced blood flow, allergic rash or itching, or if pain persists or worsens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult your doctor before using this device alongside another medical device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisuse or improper fitting may cause adverse effects and reduce effectiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the instructions provided on the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Wrist \u0026amp; Forearm Splint used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt immobilises and supports the wrist and forearm in a functional position — for wrist sprains, soft-tissue injuries, post-surgical recovery, carpal tunnel syndrome and related conditions — as directed by a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the support be customised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the removable aluminium splints can be shaped to set the wrist position and degree of support; have your clinician fit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich hand does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the left- or right-hand version to suit the wrist you need to support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the size chart (S, M, L, XL) and check with your clinician if you are between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch5\u003eRegulatory \u0026amp; Supply Details\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e E 03\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S, M, L, XL (separate left-hand and right-hand versions)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide, Polyester, Polypropylene, Polyurethane, Aluminium\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevice Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Class I Medical Device\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tynor Orthotics Pvt. Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Supplier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Australian Healthcare Supplies\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/files\/E03-Product-manual-Wrist_and_Forearm_Splint.pdf?v=1780530335\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDownload Product Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TYNOR","offers":[{"title":"Left Hand \/ Small","offer_id":32174074003514,"sku":"E03AAA-SML-LFT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Left Hand \/ Medium","offer_id":32174074069050,"sku":"E03BAA-MED-LFT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Left Hand \/ Large","offer_id":32174074134586,"sku":"E03CAA-LRG-LFT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Left Hand \/ Extra Large","offer_id":32174074200122,"sku":"E03DAA-XL-LFT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right Hand \/ Small","offer_id":32174074036282,"sku":"E03AAB-SML-RT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right Hand \/ Medium","offer_id":32174074101818,"sku":"E03BAB-MED-RT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right Hand \/ Large","offer_id":32174074167354,"sku":"E03CAB-LRG-RT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right Hand \/ Extra Large","offer_id":32174074232890,"sku":"E03DAB-XL-RT-WRST-FARM","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/products\/tynor-tynor-left-wrist-and-forearm-splint-024x1024.jpg?v=1623001798"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2017\/8125\/collections\/tynor-NDIS-range-supports-injury--banner.webp?v=1781957841","url":"https:\/\/tynor.com.au\/collections\/ndis-products.oembed?page=2","provider":"Tynor Australia","version":"1.0","type":"link"}